Professional Documents
Culture Documents
5_6298367160725013697
5_6298367160725013697
2022
Contents
CHAPTER
Quadratic Equations -
CHAPTER
Arithmetic Progressions -
CHAPTER
Circles -
CHAPTER
Constructions -
CHAPTER
Applications of Trigonometry -
CHAPTER
Surface Areas and Volumes -
CHAPTER
Statistics -
Practice Papers - -
Syllabus
CBSE Term II Class XII
One Paper Max Marks:
No. Units Marks
I. Algebra Cont.
II. Geometry Cont.
III. Trigonometry Cont.
IV. Mensuration Cont.
V. Statistics Probability Cont.
Total
Internal Assessment
Total
UNIT-I ALGEBRA
. Quadratic Equations Periods
Standard form of a quadratic equation ax + bx + c = , a ≠ . Solutions of quadratic equations
only real roots by factorisation, and by using quadratic formula. Relationship between
discriminant and nature of roots. Situational problems based on quadratic equations related to
day to day activities problems on equations reducible to quadratic equations are excluded
. Arithmetic Progressions
Motivation for studying Arithmetic Progression Derivation of the nth term and sum of the first n
terms of AP and their application in solving daily life problems. Applications based on sum to n
terms of an AP. are excluded
UNIT-II GEOMETRY
. Circles
Tangent to a circle at point of contact
. Prove The tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the
point of contact.
. Prove The lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal.
CBSE Term II
2022
. Constructions
. Division of a line segment in a given ratio internally .
. Tangents to a circle from a point outside it.
UNIT-III TRIGONOMETRY
. Some Applications of Trigonometry
HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES-Angle of elevation, Angle of Depression.
Simple problems on heights and distances. Problems should not involve more than two right
triangles. Angles of elevation depression should be only , , .
UNIT-IV MENSURATION
. Surface Areas and Volumes
. Surface areas and volumes of combinations of any two of the following: cubes, cuboids,
spheres, hemispheres and right circular cylinders cones.
. Problems involving converting one type of metallic solid into another and other mixed
problems. Problems with combination of not more than two different solids be taken .
Periodic Test 3
10 Marks
Multiple Assessments 2
for the
Portfolio 2
Term
Student Enrichment Activities-practical work 3
CBSE Circular
Acad - 51/2021, 05 July 2021
dsUnh;
z ek/;fed f'k{kk cksMZ
(f'k{kk ea=ky;] Hkkjr ljdkj ds v/khu ,d Lok;r laxBu)
To cover this
situation, we
have given
both MCQs and
Subjective
Questions in
each Chapter.
dsUnh;
z ek/;fed f'k{kk cksMZ
(f'k{kk ea=ky;] Hkkjr ljdkj ds v/khu ,d Lok;r laxBu)
CHAPTER 01
Quadratic
Equations
In this Chapter...
! Quadratic Equation and its Solutions
! Solution of a Quadratic Equation by Factorisation
! Solution of a Quadratic Equation by Quadratic Formula
! Relationship between Discriminant and Nature of Roots
II. Sometimes, quadratic equation involves two unknown constants So, the quadratic equation has no real roots or
and its both roots are given. Then, to find unknowns we put both
roots one-by-one in the quadratic equation and get two linear
imaginary roots or we can say that roots of
equations in two unknowns. On solving these equations, we get quadratic equation does not exist. This can be
the required values of unknown constants. explained using the flow chart.
Solved Examples
1+2 −3
Example 1. Check whether the following equations are = =0
3
quadratic or not. 1
So, x = is a root of the given equation.
3 3
(i) x + = x 2 2 2
(ii) 2 x − 5 x = x − 2 x + 3
x 1
(iii) On putting x = − in Eq. (i), we get
2 1 2
(iii) x − 2 = 5 (iv) x 2 − 3 x − x + 4 = 0 2
x ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
p ⎜ − ⎟ = 3⎜ − ⎟ + 2 ⎜ − ⎟ − 1
Sol. 3 ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
(i) Given that, x + = x2
x 3
= −1−1
⇒ x2 + 3 = x3 4
⇒ x3 − x2 − 3 = 0 3
= −2 =
3 − 8 −5
= ≠0
Which is not of the form ax 2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0. 4 4 4
1
Thus, the equation is not a quadratic equation. So, x = − is not a root of the given equation.
2
(ii) Given that, 2 x 2 − 5x = x 2 − 2 x + 3
(iv) On putting x = 2 in Eq. (i), we get
⇒ 2 x 2 − x 2 − 5x + 2 x − 3 = 0
p(2 ) = 3(2 )2 + 2(2 ) − 1
⇒ x 2 − 3x − 3 = 0
= 12 + 4 − 1 = 15 ≠ 0
Which is of the form ax 2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0. So, x = 2 is not a root of the given equation.
Thus, the equation is a quadratic equation.
1
Example 3. In each of the following equations, find the
(iii) Given that, x 2 − 2 = 5 value of unknown constant(s) for which the given
x
value(s) is (are) solution of the equations.
⇒ x 4 − 1 = 5x 2
⇒ x 4 − 5x 2 − 1 = 0
(i) x 2 − k 2 = 0; x = 0. 3
Which is not of the form ax 2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0. −1
(ii) 3 x 2 + 2 ax − 3 = 0; x =
Thus, the equation is not a quadratic equation. 2
(iv) Given that, x 2 − 3x − x + 4 = 0 Sol. (i) We have, x 2 − k 2 = 0, here k is unknown.
x + 5 − ( x − 3) 1
Example 4. Find the roots of the quadratic equation ⇒ =
( x − 3)( x + 5) 6
5
2x 2 + x − 2 = 0 by factorisation method. x+ 5−x+ 3 1
3 ⇒ = ⇒ 8 × 6 = ( x − 3) ( x + 5 )
5 ( x − 3) ( x + 5) 6
Sol. Given equation is 2 x 2 +x −2 = 0
3 ⇒ 48 = x 2 + 2 x − 15
On multiplying by 3 both sides, we get ⇒ x 2 + 2 x − 63 = 0
2
6x + 5x − 6 = 0 ⇒ x 2 + 9x − 7 x − 63 = 0 [by splitting the middle term]
2
⇒ 6x + ( 9x − 4x ) − 6 = 0 ⇒ x( x + 9) − 7( x + 9) = 0
[by splitting the middle term] ⇒ ( x − 7 ) ( x + 9) = 0
⇒ 6x 2 + 9x − 4x − 6 = 0 ⇒ x = 7 and x = − 9
⇒ 3 x ( 2 x + 3 ) − 2 ( 2 x + 3) = 0 ∴Sum of roots = 7 + ( − 9) = − 2
⇒ (2 x + 3 ) ( 3 x − 2 ) = 0 Example 7. Using the quadratic formula, solve the
Now, 2x + 3 = 0 quadratic equation.
⇒ x=−
3 x 2 + 2 2 x − 6 = 0.
2 Sol. Given equation is x 2 + 2 2 x − 6 = 0 .
and 3x − 2 = 0
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
2
⇒ x=
3 a = 1, b = 2 2 and c = − 6
2 5 −b± b 2 − 4ac
Hence, the roots of the equation 2 x + x − 2 = 0 are
3 By quadratic formula, x =
2a
−3 2
and . − ( 2 2 ) ± ( 2 2 ) 2 − 4 ( 1 ) ( − 6)
2 3 =
2 (1 )
Example 5. Solve the quadratic equation by
factorisation method. − 2 2 ± 8 + 24
=
2
3 2 x 2 − 5x − 2 = 0
−2 2 ± 32 − 2 2 ± 4 2
Sol. Given equation is 3 2 x 2 − 5x − 2 = 0 = =
2 2
3 2 x 2 − ( 6x − x ) − 2 = 0 −2 2 + 4 2 −2 2 − 4 2
= ,
[by splitting the middle term] 2 2
3 2 x 2 − 6x + x − 2 = 0 = 2, − 3 2
3 2 x2 − 3 2 ⋅ 2 x + x − 2 = 0 So, 2 and − 3 2 are the roots of the given equation.
⇒ 3 2 x (x − 2) + 1 (x − 2 ) = 0 Example 8. Find discriminant of the quadratic equation
⇒ (x − 2) (3 2x + 1) = 0 3x 2 + 4x − 5 = 0.
Now, x− 2 =0 ⇒ x= 2 Sol. Comparing the given quadratic equation
and 3 2 x+1=0 3x 2 + 4x − 5 = 0
1 − 2 with standard quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
⇒ x=− =
3 2 6 a = 3, b = 4 and c = − 5
2
Hence, the roots of the equation 3 2 x − 5x − 2 = 0 are ∴ Discriminant (D ) = b 2 − 4ac
2 = ( 4)2 − 4 × ( 3) × ( − 5) = 16 + 60 = 76
− and 2 .
6
Example 9. Check whether the quadratic equation has
Example 6. Find the sum of the roots of the equation, real roots. If real roots exist, find them
⎡ 1 1 1⎤ 8x 2 + 2x − 3 = 0
⎢ x − 3 − x + 5 = 6 ⎥.
⎣ ⎦ Sol. Given equation is 8x 2 + 2 x − 3 = 0.
⎡ 1 1 ⎤ 1
Sol. Given ⎢ − = On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
⎣ x − 3 x + 5 ⎥⎦ 6
a = 8, b = 2 and c = − 3
∴Discriminant, D = b 2 − 4ac
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 5
Chapter
Practice
PART 1
Objective Questions
!
Multiple Choice Questions 8. A quadratic equation with integral coefficient has
1. Which of the following is a quadratic equation? integral roots.
[NCERT Exemplar] (a) True (b) False
(a) x 2 + 2 x + 1 = ( 4 − x )2 + 3 (c) Can’t determined (d) None of these
2. Which of the following is not a quadratic equation? 10. The roots of the quadratic equation
[NCERT Exemplar] x 2 − 8 x − 20 = 0 are
(a) 2 ( x – 1 )2 = 4x 2 – 2 x + 1 (b) 2 x – x 2 = x 2 + 5 (a) 5, − 4 (b) − 4, 5 (c) 10, − 2 (d) − 10, 2
2 2 2 2 4 2
(c) ( 2 x + 3 ) = 3x – 5x (d) ( x + 2 x ) = x + 3 + 4x 11. Which constant must be added and subtracted to
3
3. If a number x is added to twice its square, then the solve the quadratic equation 9x 2 + x − 2 = 0.
resultant is 21. Then the quadratic representation of 4
[NCERT Exemplar]
this statement is 1 1 1 9
2
(a) 2x − x + 21 = 0 2
(b) 2x + x − 21 = 0 (a) (b) (c) (d)
8 64 4 64
(c) 2x 2 − x − 20 = 0 (d) None of these
12. Solve 12 x 2 + 5x − 3 = 0.
4. Which of the following equations has 2 as a root? 1 4
(a) ,
1 3
(b) , (c) −
1 3
,
1
(d) , −
3
2 2 3 3 2 4 3 4 3 4
(a) x − 4x + 5 = 0 (b) x + 3x − 12 = 0
(c) 2 x 2 − 7 x + 6 = 0 (d) 3x 2 − 6x − 2 = 0 13. The discriminant of the quadratic
1 5 equation x 2 − 4x + 1 = 0 is [CBSE 2013]
5. If is a root of the equation x 2 + kx − = 0, then
2 4 (a) 2 3 (b) 4 (c) 12 (d) 16
the value of k is [NCERT Exemplar] 14. If the discriminant of the equation
1 1
(a) 2 (b) −2 (c) (d) 6x 2 − bx + 2 = 0 is 1, then the value of b is [CBSE 2012]
4 2 (a) 7 (b) − 7
6. Which of the following equation has root as 3? (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of these
(a) x 2 – 5x + 6 = 0 (b) – x 2 + 3x – 3 = 0 15. Value(s) of k for which the quadratic equation
3
(c) 2 x 2 – x+1=0 2
(d) 3x – 3x + 3 = 0 2 x 2 − kx + k = 0 has equal roots is/are [NCERT]
2
(a) 0 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 0, 8
7. 0.2 is a root of the equation x 2 − 0. 4 = 0? 2
16. The quadratic equation 2 x − 5x + 1 = 0 has
[NCERT Exemplar]
(a) True (b) False (a) two distinct real roots (b) two equal real roots
(c) Can’t determined (d) None of these (c) no real roots (d) more than 2 real roots
8 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
17. If the discriminant of the equation (ii) Which of the following quadratic equation
describe the speed of Raj’s car?
kx 2 − 3 2 x + 4 2 = 0 is 14, then the value of k is
(a) x 2 − 5x − 500 = 0 (b) x 2 + 4x − 400 = 0
1 1 1
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) 2
(c) x + 5x − 500 = 0 (d) x 2 − 4x + 400 = 0
3 2 2 4 2
18. Which of the following equations has two distinct (iii) What is the speed of Raj’s car?
(a) 20 km/h (b) 15 km/h
real roots? [NCERT Exemplar]
9 (c) 25 km/h (d) 10 km/h
(a) 2 x 2 − 3 2 x +
=0 (b) x 2 + x − 5 = 0
4 (iv) How much time took Ajay to travel 400 km?
2
(c) x + 3x + 2 2 = 0 (d) 5x 2 − 3x + 1 = 0 (a) 20 h (b) 40 h (c) 25 h (d) 16 h
(v) How much time took Raj to travel 400 km?
19. Which of the following equations has no real roots? (a) 15 h (b) 20 h (c) 18 h (d) 22 h
(a) x 2 − 4x + 3 2 = 0 (b) x 2 + 4x − 3 2 = 0
(c) x 2 − 4x − 3 2 = 0 (d) 3x 2 + 4 3x + 4 = 0
25. The speed of a motor boat is 20 km/h. For covering
the distance of 15 km the boat took 1 h more for
20. ( x 2 + 1 )2 − x 2 = 0 has [NCERT Exemplar] upstream than downstream. [CBSE Question Bank]
(a) four real roots (b) two real roots
(c) no real roots (d) one real root
21. The sum of the squares of three consecutive
integers is 110, then the smallest positive integer is
[NCERT Exemplar]
(a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 4
Downstream (a) Upstream (b)
22. A line segment AB is 8 cm in length. AB is
produced to P such that BP 2 = AB ⋅ AP. Then, the
length of BP is [NCERT Exemplar]
(a) 5( 5 + 1) (b) 5 + 1
(c) 4( 5 + 1) (d) 3 + 1
23. One year ago, a man was 8 times as old as his son.
Direction of boat Direction of boat
Now, his age is equal to the square of his son’s age. Direction of stream Direction of stream
Present age of man is
(a) 49 yr (b) 37 yr (i) Let speed of the stream be x km/h, then speed of
(c) 59 yr (d) 39 yr the motorboat in upstream will be
(a) 20 km/h (b) (20 + x ) km/h
!
Case Based MCQs (c) (20 − x ) km/h (d) 2 km/h
24. Raj and Ajay are very close friends. Both the (ii) What is the relation between speed, distance and
families decide to go to Ranikhet by their own cars. time?
Distance
Raj’s car travels at a speed of x km/h while Ajay’s (a) Speed =
car travels 5 km/h faster than Raj’s car. Raj took Time
Speed
4 h more than Ajay to complete the journey of (b) Distance =
Time
400 km. [CBSE Question Bank]
(c) Time = Speed × Distance
(d) Speed = Distance × Time
(iii) Which is the correct quadratic equation for the
speed of the current ?
(a) x 2 + 30x − 200 = 0 (b) x 2 + 20x − 400 = 0
(c) x 2 + 30x − 400 = 0 (d) x 2 − 20x − 400 = 0
(iv) What is the speed of current ?
(a) 20 km/h (b) 10 km/h
(i) What will be the distance covered by Ajay’s car in (c) 15 km/h (d) 25 km/h
two hours? (v) How much time boat took in downstream?
(a) 2 ( x + 5) km (b) ( x – 5) km (a) 90 min (b) 15 min
(c) 2 ( x + 10) km (d) (2 x + 5) km (c) 30 min (d) 45 min
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 9
13. Show that ( x 2 + 1 )2 − x 2 = 0 has no real roots. 27. The sum of the reciprocals of Anjali’s age 3 yr ago
[NCERT Exemplar] 1
and 5 yr from now is . Find the present age of
14. Find the value of k for which the quadratic equation 3
Anjali.
2 x 2 − kx + k = 0 has equal roots. [NCERT Exemplar]
28. ‘A two-digit number is such that the product of the
15. Find the values of k for which the equation digits is 12. When 36 is added to the number the
9x 2 + 3kx + 4 = 0 has real roots. digits interchange their places. Find the two-digit
16. If the equation (1 + m 2 )x 2 + (2 mc )x + ( c 2 − a 2 ) = 0 number.
has equal roots, then prove that c 2 = a 2 (1 + m 2 ). 29. ‘‘John and Janvi together have 45 marbles. Both of
them lost 5 marbles each and the product of the
17. The sum of two numbers is 11 and the sum of their number of marbles they now have, is 124. Find out
11 how many marbles they had to start with?’’
reciprocals is . Find the numbers.
28 [CBSE 2013]
30. The hypotenuse of right angled triangle is 6 m more
18. In a cricket match. Harbhajan took three wickets than twice the shortest side. If the third side is 2 m
less than twice the number of wickets taken by less than the hypotenuse, then find all sides of the
Zaheer. The product of the numbers of wickets triangle. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
taken by these two is 20. Represent the above 31. At present Asha’s age (in years) is 2 more than the
situation in the form of a quadratic equation. square of her daughter Nisha’s age. When Nisha
[CBSE 2015]
grows to her mother’s present age. Asha’s age
!
Long Answer Type Questions would be one year less than 10 times the present
age of Nisha. Find the present ages of both Asha
19. If x = 2 and x = 3 are roots of the equation and Nisha. [NCERT Exemplar]
3x 2 − 2 ax + 2 b = 0, then find the values of a and b. 32. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/h. It can
20. Find the nature of roots of the following quadratic go 30 km upstream and return downstream to the
equations. If the real roots exist, then also find the original point in 4 h and 30 min. Find the speed of
roots. stream.
(i) 4 x 2 + 12 x + 9 = 0 (ii) 3 x 2 + 5 x − 7 = 0 7
33. Two water taps together can fill a tank in 1 h.
8
21. Find the value of k for which the given equation has The tap with longer diameter takes 2 h less than
equal roots. the tap with smaller one to fill the tank separately.
( k − 12 ) x 2 + 2( k − 12 ) x + 2 = 0 Find the time in which each tap can fill the tank
separately. [CBSE 2019]
22. If x = − 2 is a root of the equation 3x 2 + 7 x + p = 0.
Find the values of k, so that the roots of the equation !
Case Based Questions
x 2 + k ( 4x + k − 1 ) + p = 0 are equal. [CBSE 2015] 34. In the centre of a rectangular lawn of dimensions
23. Find two consecutive odd natural numbers, sum of 50 m × 40 m, a rectangular pond has to be
whose squares is 130. [CBSE 2013] constructed, so that the area of the grass
24. A piece of cloth costs ` 200. If the piece was 5 m surrounding the pond would be 1184 m 2
longer and each metre of cloth costs ` 2 less, the
cost of the piece would have remained unchanged.
How long is the piece and what is the original rate
per metre? [CBSE 2015]
25. The difference of two numbers is 4. If the
4
difference of their reciprocals is , the find the
21 (i) If the distance between pond and lawn is x m. Find
two numbers. [CBSE 2008] the length and breadth of rectangular pond.
26. The perimeter of a right angled triangle is 70 units (ii) Find the quadratic equation related to the given
and its hypotenuse is 29 units we would like to find problem.
the length of the other sides. (iii) Find the length and breadth of the pond.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 11
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions ⇒ 4x 3 – 3 = 0
1. (d) (a) Given that, which is not of the form ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0.
x 2 + 2 x + 1 = ( 4 − x )2 + 3 Thus, the equation is not quadratic.
⇒ x 2 + 2 x + 1 = 16 + x 2 − 8x + 3 This is a cubic equation.
⇒ 10x − 18 = 0 3. (b) Let the number be x.
Then according to the given condition,
which is not of the form ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0.
2 x 2 + x = 21
Thus, the equation is not a quadratic equation.
2
⎛ 2⎞ ⇒ 2 x + x − 21 = 0
(b) Given that, − 2 x 2 = ( 5 − x ) ⎜2 x − ⎟
⎝ 5⎠ 4. (c) (a) Substituting x = 2 in x 2 − 4x + 5 , we get
2x (2 )2 − 4 (2 ) + 5 = 4 − 8 + 5 = 1 ≠ 0.
⇒ − 2 x 2 = 10x − 2 x 2 − 2 +
5 So, x = 2 is not a root of x 2 − 4x + 5 = 0.
⇒ 50x + 2 x − 10 = 0 (b) Substituting x = 2 in x 2 + 3x − 12, we get
⇒ 52 x − 10 = 0
(2 )2 + 3(2 ) − 12
which is also not a quadratic equation.
3 = 4 + 6 − 12 = −2 ≠ 0
(c) Given that, x 2 ( k + 1) + x = 7
2 So, x = 2 is not a root of x 2 + 3x − 12 = 0.
Given, k = −1 (c) Substituting x = 2 in 2 x 2 − 7 x + 6, we get
2 3 2 (2 )2 − 7 (2 ) + 6 = 2 ( 4) − 14 + 6
⇒ x ( − 1 + 1) + x = 7
2 = 8 − 14 + 6 = 14 − 14 = 0
⇒ 3x − 14 = 0 So, x = 2 is root of the equation 2 x 2 − 7 x + 6 = 0.
which is also not a quadratic equation.
(d) Substituting x = 2 in 3x 2 − 6x − 2 , we get
(d) Given that, x 3 − x 2 = ( x − 1 )3
3(2 )2 − 6(2 ) − 2 = 12 − 12 − 2 = −2 ≠ 0
⇒ x 3 − x 2 = x 3 − 3 x 2 ( 1 ) + 3 x ( 1 ) 2 − (1 ) 3
So, x = 2 is not a root of 3x 2 − 6x − 2 = 0.
[Q ( a − b )3 = a 3 − b 3 + 3ab 2 − 3a 2b]
1 5
⇒ x 3 − x 2 = x 3 − 3x 2 + 3x − 1 5. (a) Since, is a root of the quadratic equation x 2 + kx − = 0.
2 4
⇒ − x + 3x 2 − 3x + 1 = 0 ⇒ 2 x 2 − 3x + 1 = 0
2
2
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ 5
Then, ⎜ ⎟ + k ⎜ ⎟ − = 0
which represents a quadratic equation because it has ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ 4
the quadratic form ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0. 1 k 5
⇒ + − =0
2. (d) (a) Given that, 2 ( x – 1)2 = 4x 2 – 2 x + 1 4 2 4
⇒ 2 ( x 2 + 1 – 2 x ) = 4x 2 – 2 x + 1 ⇒
1 + 2k − 5
=0
⇒ 2 x 2 + 2 – 4x = 4x 2 – 2 x + 1 4
⇒ 2k − 4 = 0
⇒ 2 x2 + 2 x – 1 = 0
⇒ 2k = 4
which represents a quadratic equation because it has
⇒ k =2
the quadratic form ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0.
6. (a) (a) Given that, x 2 – 5x + 6 = 0
(b) Given that, 2 x – x 2 = x 2 + 5
Put x = 3, we get
⇒ 2 x2 – 2 x + 5 = 0
( 3)2 − 5( 3) + 6 = 9 − 15 + 6 = 0
which also represents a quadratic equation because it
Hence, x = 3 is a root of the equation.
has the quadratic form ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0.
(b) – x 2 + 3x – 3 = 0
(c) Given that, ( 2 ⋅ x + 3 ) 2 = 3 x 2 – 5x
Put x = 3, we get
⇒ 2 ⋅ x 2 + 3 + 2 6 ⋅ x = 3x 2 – 5x −( 3)2 + 3( 3) − 3 = −9 + 9 − 3 = −3 ≠ 0
⇒ x2 – ( 5 + 2 6 ) x – 3 = 0 Hence, x = 3 is not a root of the equation.
which also represents a quadratic equation because it 3
(c) 2 x 2 – x+1=0
has the quadratic form ax 2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0. 2
(d) Given that, ( x 2 + 2 x )2 = x 4 + 3 + 4x 2 Put x = 3, we get
3( 3)
⇒ x 4 + 4x 2 + 4x 3 = x 4 + 3 + 4x 2 2 ( 3) 2 − +1
2 ( 3)
12 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
9 9 2
⇒9 2 − +1= +1≠ 0 ⎛ 1⎞ 1 + 64⋅ 2
2 2 ⎜y + ⎟ =
⎝ 8⎠ 64
Hence, x = 3 is not a root of the equation. 1
(d) 3x 2 – 3x + 3 = 0 Thus, must be added and subtracted to solve the given
64
Put x = 3, we get equation.
3( 3)2 − 3( 3) + 3 = 27 − 9 + 3 = 21 ≠ 0. 12. (d) Given quadratic equation is 12 x 2 + 5x − 3 = 0.
Hence, x = 3 is not a root of the equation. On comparing the given equation with
7. (b) False, since 0.2 does not satisfy the ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get a = 12 , b = 5 and c = −3
equation i.e. ( 0.2 )2 − 0. 4 = 0. 04 − 0. 4 ≠ 0. On substituting the values of a = 12 , b = 5 and c = −3 in
8. (b) False, consider the quadratic equation 2 x 2 + x − 6 = 0 quadratic formula,
with integral coefficient. The roots of the given quadratic − b ± b 2 − 4ac
x= , we get
3 2a
equation are −2 and which are not integrals.
2 −5 ± ( 5)2 − 4 × 12 × ( −3)
9. (a) Given that, b = 0 and c < 0 and quadratic equation x=
2 × 12
x 2 + bx + c = 0 ...(i) −5 ± 25 + 144
⇒ x=
Put b = 0 in Eq. (i), we get 24
x2 + 0 + c = 0 − 5 ± 169
=
⎡here, c > 0⎤ 24
⇒ x2 = – c ⎢∴ − c > 0 ⎥ − 5 ± 13
⎣ ⎦ =
24
∴ x=± −c
−5 + 13 8 1
2
So, the roots of x + bx + c = 0 are numerically equal and Now, x= = = [taking +ve sign]
24 24 3
opposite in sign. −5 − 13 18 3
Or x= = − =− [taking −ve sign]
10. (c) Given, quadratic equation is x 2 − 8x − 20 = 0, which is 24 24 4
already in its standard form. 1 3
Hence, the roots of the given equation are and − .
On comparing it with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get 3 4
a = 1, b = −8 and c = −20 13. (c) Given quadratic equation is x 2 − 4x + 1 = 0.
Here, ac = 1 × ( −20) = −20. On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
Here, ac has −ve sign, a = 1, b = −4 and c = 1
So, let p = −10 and q = 2 as p × q = −20 and p + q = −8 Now, discriminant (D ) = b 2 − 4ac
∴ x 2 − 8x − 20 = 0 = ( − 4) 2 − 4 × 1 × 1
⇒ x 2 − 10x + 2 x − 20 = 0 = 16 − 4 = 12
⇒ x ( x − 10) + 2( x − 10) = 0 14. (c) Given, 6x 2 − bx + 2 = 0
⇒ ( x − 10)( x + 2 ) = 0 On comparing with Ax 2 + Bx + C = 0, we get
Now, put x − 10 = 0 or x + 2 = 0 A = 6, B = − b and C = 2
⇒ x = 10 or x = −2 We know that,
Thus, 10 and −2 are the required roots of a given quadratic Discriminant, D = B 2 − 4AC
equation. ⇒ 1 = ( − b )2 − 4 × 6 × 2 [given, D = 1]
3
11. (b) Given equation is 9x 2 + x − 2 = 0. ⇒ 1 = b 2 − 48
4
2 1 ⇒ b 2 = 49
( 3x ) + ( 3x ) − 2 = 0
4 ⇒ b=±7 [taking square root on both sides]
On putting 3x = y, we have Hence, the required value of b is −7 or 7.
1
y2 + y − 2 = 0 15. (d) Given equation is 2 x 2 − kx + k = 0
4 On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
2 2
1 ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ a = 2, b = − k and c = k
y2 + y + ⎜ ⎟ − ⎜ ⎟ − 2 = 0
4 ⎝ 8⎠ ⎝ 8⎠ For equal roots, the discriminant must be zero.
2
⎛ 1⎞ 1 i.e. D = b 2 − 4ac = 0
⎜y + ⎟ = + 2
⎝ 8⎠ 64 ⇒ ( − k ) 2 − 4 (2 ) k = 0
2 2 2
[Q ( a + b ) = a + b + 2 ab ]
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 13
25. (i) (c) Since, the speed of stream be x km/h and speed of 11 + 17 28 7
Now, x= = = [taking + ve sign]
motorboat is 20 km/h. Therefore, the speed of 8 8 2
motorboat in upstream will be (20 − x ) km/h. 11 − 17 6 3
or x= =− =− [taking − ve sign]
(ii) (a) The relation between speed, distance and time is 8 8 4
Distance 7 3
Speed = Hence, the roots of the given equation are and − .
Time 2 4
(iii) (c)Q Time =
Distance (ii) (b) Given quadratic equation is x 2 + x + 7 = 0.
Speed On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c, we get
Here, distance = 15 km/h a = 1, b = 1 and c = 7
Speed of motorboat in downstream = (20 + x ) km/h Now, discriminant (D ) = b 2 − 4ac = 12 − 4 × 1 × 7
and speed of motorboat in upstream = (20 − x ) km/h
= 1 − 28 = − 27
Time taken by motorboat in downstream and upstream
(iii) (a) Given equation is 4x 2 − 2 x − 3 = 0
15 15
are t1 = h and t 2 = h. On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
20 + x 20 − x
a = 4, b = − 2 and c = − 3
According to the question,
t 2 = 1 + t1 ∴ Discriminant (D ) = b 2 − 4ac
15 15 = ( −2 )2 − 4 × 4 × ( −3) = 4 + 48 = 52 > 0
∴ =1+
20 − x 20 + x So, 4x 2 − 2 x = 3 has two distinct real roots.
15 15 (iv) (c) Given equation is 4x 2 + kx + 9 = 0.
⇒ − =1
20 − x 20 + x On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
⇒ 15 (20 + x − 20 + x ) = (20 + x )(20 − x )
a = 4, b = k and c = 9
⇒ 15(2 x ) = 400 − x 2
2
Now, D = b 2 − 4ac
⇒ x + 30x − 400 = 0
= k 2 − 4 × 4 × 9 = k 2 − 144
(iv) (b) Consider quadratic equation,
Since, roots of given equation are real and equal.
x 2 + 30x − 400 = 0
∴ D=0
⇒ x 2 + ( 40 − 10)x − 400 = 0
⇒ k 2 − 144 = 0 ⇒ k 2 = 144
⇒ x 2 + 40x − 10x − 400 = 0 ⇒ k = ± 12
⇒ x( x + 40) − 10 ( x + 40) = 0
(v) (d) Given equation is x 2 + kx + 16 = 0
⇒ ( x − 10) ( x + 40) = 0
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
⇒ x = 10, − 40
Since, speed cannot be negative, so we consider only a = 1, b = k and c = 16
positive value. Now, D = b 2 − 4ac
∴ x = 10 = k 2 − 4 × 1 × 16 = k 2 − 64
Hence, speed of current is 10 km/h. Since, roots of given equation are real.
(v) (c) The time taken by motorboat in downstream ∴ D≥0
15
t1 = ⇒ k 2 − 64 ≥ 0
20 + x
⇒ k 2 ≥ 64
15 15 1
= = = h = 30 min ⇒ k ≥ 8 and k ≤ −8
20 + 10 30 2
Hence, positive least value of k is 8.
26. (i) (c) Given quadratic equation is
27. (i) (b) Seven years ago,
8x 2 − 22 x − 21 = 0 Swati’s age = x yr
On comparing the given equation with Varun’s age = 5x 2 yr
ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get (ii) (d) Swati’s present age = ( x + 7 ) yr
a = 8, b = − 22 and c = − 21 and Varun’s present age = ( 5x 2 + 7 ) yr
By quadratic formula, After three years, we have
− ( − 22 ) ± ( − 22 )2 − 4 × 8 × ( − 21) Swati’s age = ( x + 7 + 3) = ( x + 10) yr
x=
2×8 Varun’s age = ( 5x 2 + 7 + 3) = ( 5x 2 + 10)yr
22 ±
484 + 672 22 ± 1156 (iii) (a) According to the question,
= = 2
16 16 x + 10 = ( 5x 2 + 10)
22 ± 34 11 ± 17 5
⇒ x= = ⇒ 2 x2 − x − 6 = 0
16 8
16 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
2
⎛ −1⎞ ⎛ −1⎞ ⎛ −1⎞ 8. Given that, ax 2 + a = a 2x + x
p ⎜ ⎟ = 6⎜ ⎟ − ⎜ ⎟ − 2 2 2
⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠ ⇒ ax − a x − x + a = 0
6 1 6 + 2 − 8 8−8 ⇒ ax ( x − a ) − 1 ( x − a ) = 0
= + −2= =
4 2 4 4 ⇒ ( ax − 1) ( x − a ) = 0
⎛ −1⎞ 1
⇒ p⎜ ⎟ = 0 ⇒ x= ,a
⎝2⎠ a
−1 9. Given that, 6x + 7 − (2 x − 7 ) = 0
So, x = is a solution of the given equation.
2 ⇒ 6x + 7 = 2 x − 7
1
Now, on putting x = in Eq. (i), we get On squaring both sides, we get
3
2 6 x + 7 = (2 x − 7 ) 2
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
p⎜ ⎟ = 6⎜ ⎟ − ⎜ ⎟ − 2
⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ 6x + 7 = 4x 2 + 49 − 28x
⇒ 4x 2 − 34x + 42 = 0
1 1 6 1
=6× − −2 = − − 2 ⇒ 2 x 2 − 17 x + 21 = 0 [divide by 2]
9 3 9 3
6 − 3 − 18 −15 ⇒ 2 x 2 + 14x + 3x + 21 = 0
= = ≠0
9 9 ⇒ 2 x ( x + 7 ) + 3( x + 7 ) = 0
⎛ 1⎞ ⇒ (2 x + 3 ) ( x + 7 ) = 0
⇒ p⎜ ⎟ ≠ 0
⎝ 3⎠ 3
⇒ x = − ,−7
1 2
So, x = is not a solution of the given equation. 10. Given equation is x 2 − 7 x − 18 = 0
3
6. Given, 4 3x 2 + 5x − 2 3 = 0. ⇒ x 2 − 9x + 2 x − 18 = 0
On comparing with standard form of quadratic equation ⇒ x ( x − 9) + 2 ( x − 9 ) = 0
i.e. ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get ⇒ ( x + 2 ) ( x − 9) = 0
a = 4 3, b = 5 and c = −2 3 ⇒ x = − 2, 9
Here, ac = 4 3 × ( −2 3 ) = −24 So, the roots of given equation are − 2 and 9.
∴ Required numerical difference of the roots
Then, factors of ac are 8 and −3.
= 9 − ( − 2 ) = 11
∴ 4 3 x 2 + ( 8 − 3)x − 2 3 = 0
11. The given equation is 3x 2 + 11x + 6 3 = 0.
⇒ 4 3 x 2 + 8 x − 3x − 2 3 = 0
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
⇒ 4x( 3x + 2 ) − 3 ( 3x + 2 ) = 0 a = 3, b = 11 and c = 6 3
⇒ ( 4x − 3 ) ( 3x + 2 ) = 0 On substituting the values of a, b and c in the quadratic
⇒ 4x − 3 = 0 formula,
and 3x + 2 = 0 − b ± b 2 − 4ac
x=
3 2a
⇒ x=
4 − 11 ± (11)2 − 4( 3 )( 6 3 )
⇒ x=
−2 2( 3 )
or x=
3 − 11 ± 121 − 72
=
3 2 3
Hence, roots of equation 4 3x 2 + 5x − 2 3 = 0 are
4 −11 ± 49
−2 =
and . 2 3
3 −11 ± 7
16 15 =
7. Given, −1 = 2 3
x x+1 −11 + 7 −4 −2
16 15 16( x + 1) − 15x ⇒ x= = = [taking +ve sign]
⇒ − =1 ⇒ =1 2 3 2 3 3
x x+1 x ( x + 1) −11 − 7 −18 −9
and x= = = [taking −ve sign]
⇒ 16x + 16 − 15x = x 2 + x 2 3 2 3 3
⇒ x 2 = 16 −2 −9 −2 3
Hence, and (or and −3 3) are the required
⇒ x2 = ± 4 3 3 3
Hence, the roots are 4 and −4. solutions of the given equation.
18 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
⇒ s 2 = 81 ⇒ m 2c 2 − ( c 2 − a 2 + m 2c 2 − m 2a 2 ) = 0 [dividing by 4]
⇒ s=± 9 ⇒ m 2c 2 − c 2 + a 2 − m 2c 2 + m 2a 2 = 0
13. Given that, ⇒ − c 2 + a 2 + m 2a 2 = 0
( x 2 + 1) 2 − x 2 = 0
⇒ − c 2 + a 2(1 + m 2 ) = 0
⇒ ( x 2 + 1) 2 = x 2 ⇒ x
⇒ − c 2 = − a 2(1 + m 2 )
2
⇒ x +1=±x
⇒ c 2 = a 2(1 + m 2 ) Hence proved.
⇒ x2 m x + 1 = 0
17. Let one number be x.
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c, we get Then, another number = (11 − x )
a = 1, b = m 1 and c = 1 [Q sum of two numbers = 11, given]
∴ D = b 2 − 4ac According to the question,
= ( m 1) 2 − 4 × 1 × 1 1 1 11
+ =
x (11 − x ) 28
=1 − 4= − 3 < 0
11 − x + x 11
∴ It has no real roots. ⇒ =
x(11 − x ) 28
14. Given equation is 2 x 2 − kx + k = 0
⇒ x(11 − x ) = 28
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get
⇒ x 2 − 11x + 28 = 0
a = 2, b = − k and c = k
⇒ x 2 − (7 + 4)x + 28 = 0
∴ D = b 2 − 4ac
⇒ x 2 − 7 x − 4x + 28 = 0
= ( − k )2 − 4 × 2 × k ⇒ x( x − 7 ) − 4( x − 7 ) = 0
= k 2 − 8k ⇒ ( x − 7 )( x − 4) = 0
Since, the given equation has equal roots. ⇒ x = 4 or x = 7
∴ D=0 When x = 4, then 11 − x = 11 − 4 = 7
⇒ k 2 − 8k = 0 When x = 7, then 11 − x = 11 − 7 = 4
⇒ k ( k − 8) = 0 Hence, the numbers are 4 and 7.
18. Let the number of wickets taken by Zaheer in a cricket
⇒ k = 0, 8
match are x, then number of wickets taken by Harbhajan
15. Given quadratic equation is
= 2x − 3
9x 2 + 3kx + 4 = 0
According to the question,
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get x (2 x − 3) = 20
a = 9, b = 3k and c = 4 ⇒ 2 x 2 − 3x = 20
Now, D = b 2 − 4ac = ( 3k )2 − 4( 9) ( 4) ⇒ 2 x 2 − 3x − 20 = 0
2
= 9k − 144 2
19. Given, 3x − 2 ax + 2 b = 0 ...(i)
Since, roots of given equation are real. Here, a and b are unknown constants. Since, x = 2 and x = 3
∴ D ≥ 0 ⇒ 9k 2 − 144 ≥ 0 are the solutions of given equation, so it will satisfy the given
equation.
⇒ 9( k 2 − 16) ≥ 0
On putting x = 2 and x = 3 one-by-one,
∴ k 2 − 16 ≥ 0 [Q9 ≠ 0]
in Eq. (i), we get
⇒ k 2 − ( 4) 2 ≥ 0
3(2 )2 − 2 a × (2 ) + 2 b = 0
⇒ ( k − 4 ) ( k + 4) ≥ 0 [Q a 2 − b 2 = ( a − b )( a + b )]
⇒ 3 × 4 − 4a + 2 b = 0
⇒ k ≤ − 4 or k ≥ 4 ⇒ 12 − 4a + 2 b = 0
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 19
23. Let two consecutive odd natural numbers are x and x + 2. When x = − 7, then second number = − 7 + 4 = − 3
Then according to the given condition, When x = 3, then second number = 3 + 4 = 7
x 2 + ( x + 2 )2 = 130 Hence, two numbers are − 7 , − 3 or 3, 7.
⇒ x 2 + x 2 + 4x + 4 = 130 26. Let one side = x.
C
⇒ 2 x 2 + 4x − 126 = 0
⇒ x 2 + 2 x − 63 = 0 [divide by 2]
2
⇒ x + 9x − 7 x − 63 = 0 x 29
⇒ x ( x + 9) − 7 ( x + 9) = 0
⇒ ( x − 7 ) ( x + 9) = 0
⇒ x = 7, − 9 A B
Since, natural number cannot be negative. Now, perimeter of a triangle,
So, we neglect x = − 9. 70 = x + 29 + AB
Thus, x = 7 and x + 2 = 7 + 2 = 9 ⇒ AB = 70 − 29 − x = 41 − x.
Hence, two consecutive odd numbers are 7 and 9. In right ΔABC, use Pythagoras theorem,
24. Let the length of piece be x m. BC 2 = AC 2 + AB 2
200
Then, rate = ` per m ⇒ (29)2 = x 2 + ( 41 − x )2
x
Now, new length = ( x + 5) m ⇒ 841 = x 2 + 1681 + x 2 − 82 x
Since, the cost remains same. ⇒ 2 x 2 − 82 x + 840 = 0
200
∴ New rate = ` per m ⇒ x 2 − 41x + 420 = 0 [divide by 2]
x+5
2
According to the given condition, ⇒ x − 21x − 20x + 420 = 0
200 200 ⇒ x ( x − 21) − 20 ( x − 21) = 0
= −2
x+5 x ⇒ ( x − 20) ( x − 21) = 0
200 ⎛ 100 − x ⎞ ⇒ x = 20, 21
⇒ =2⎜ ⎟
x+5 ⎝ x ⎠ Hence, length of other sides of a ΔABC are 20 units, 21 units.
⇒ 100x = ( x + 5) (100 − x ) 27. Let present age of Anjali be x yr.
⇒ 100x = 100x − x 2 + 500 − 5x ∴ Anjali’s age 3 yr ago = ( x − 3) yr
⇒ x 2 + 5x − 500 = 0 and Anjali’s age 5 yr from now = ( x + 5) yr
2
⇒ x + 25x − 20x − 500 = 0 According to the question,
⇒ x ( x + 25) − 20 ( x + 25) = 0 1 1 1
+ =
⇒ ( x − 20) ( x + 25) = 0 x−3 x+ 5 3
⇒ x = 20, − 25 x+ 5+ x−3 1
⇒ =
Since, length of piece cannot be negative, so neglect x = − 25. ( x − 3)( x + 5) 3
2x + 2 1
Thus, x = 20 ⇒ =
200 200 x 2 − 3x + 5x − 15 3
Now, rate = = = ` 10
x 20 ⇒ 3(2 x + 2 ) = x 2 + 2 x − 15
Hence, length of piece is ` 20 m and rate per metre is ` 10. ⇒ 6x + 6 = x 2 + 2 x − 15
25. Let first number be x. ⇒ x 2 + 2 x − 15 − 6x − 6 = 0
Then, second number = x + 4 ⇒ x 2 − 4x − 21 = 0,
[Q difference of two numbers = 4]
which is the required quadratic equation.
According to the question,
1 1 4 Now, by factorisation method, we get
− = x 2 − 7 x + 3x − 21 = 0
x x + 4 21
( x + 4) − x 4 4 4 ⇒ x( x − 7 ) + 3( x − 7 ) = 0
⇒ = ⇒ 2 =
x ( x + 4) 21 x + 4x 21 ⇒ ( x − 7 )( x + 3) = 0
⇒ x − 7 = 0 or x + 3 = 0
⇒ x 2 + 4x = 21 ⇒ x 2 + 4x − 21 = 0
⇒ x = 7 or x = − 3
⇒ x 2 + (7 − 3)x − 21 = 0 ⇒ x 2 + 7 x − 3x − 21 = 0 But x = − 3 is not possible because age cannot be negative.
⇒ x ( x + 7 ) − 3 ( x + 7 ) = 0 ⇒ ( x − 3) ( x + 7 ) = 0 ∴ x =7
⇒ x = − 7, 3 Hence, Anjali’s present age is 7 yr.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 21
28. Let the ten’s digit of the number be x. 30. Let length of the shortest side = x m.
According to the question, Then, hypotenuse = (2 x + 6) m and
Product of the digits = 12 third side = (2 x + 6 − 2 ) m = (2 x + 4) m
i.e. Ten’s digit × Unit’s digit = 12 By Pythagoras theorem,
12 (2 x + 6 ) 2 = x 2 + ( 2 x + 4 ) 2
⇒ Unit’s digit = [Q ten’s digit = x]
x
12 [Q (Hypotenuse) 2 = (Perpendicular) 2 + (Base) 2]
∴ Two-digit number = 10x +
x ⇒ 4x 2 + 24x + 36 = x 2 + 4x 2 + 16x + 16
Also, it is given that if 36 is added to the number, the digits [Q( a + b )2 = a 2 + 2 ab + b 2]
get interchange.
12 12 ⇒ x 2 + 4x 2 + 16x + 16 − 4x 2 − 24x − 36 = 0
∴ 10x + + 36 = 10 × +x
x x ⇒ x 2 − 8x − 20 = 0
⇒ 10x 2 + 12 + 36x = 120 + x 2 By quadratic formula,
⇒ 9x 2 − 108 + 36x = 0 − ( −8) ± ( − 8)2 − 4 × 1 × ( −20)
x=
⇒ x 2 + 4x − 12 = 0 [divide both sides by 9] 2 ×1
which is the required quadratic equation. ⎡ − b ± b 2 − 4ac
⎢Q x = ; here a = 1, b = −8 and c = −20]
By factorisation method, we get ⎢⎣ 2a
x 2 + 6x − 2 x − 12 = 0
8 ± 64 + 80 8 ± 144
⇒ x( x + 6) − 2( x + 6) = 0 ⇒ x= ⇒ x=
2 2
⇒ ( x + 6)( x − 2 ) = 0 8 ± 12
⇒ x=
⇒ x + 6 = 0 or x − 2 = 0 2
⇒ x = − 6 or x = 2 8 + 12 8 − 12
⇒ x= or x =
But a digit can never be negative. 2 2
So, x = 2. 20 −4
⇒ x= or x =
2 2
Hence, the required two-digit number
12 ⇒ x = 10 or x = − 2
= 10 × 2 + = 20 + 6 = 26 But length of side cannot be negative.
2
29. Given, John and Janvi together have 45 marbles. ∴ x = 10
Let John has x marbles. Hence, shortest side is 10 m, hypotenuse is 2 × 10 + 6 = 26 m
and third side = 2 × 10 + 4 = 24 m.
Then, number of marbles Janvi has = 45 − x
31. Let Nisha’s present age be x yr.
Q Both of them lost 5 marbles each.
∴ The number of marbles John has = x − 5 Then, Asha’s present age = x 2 + 2 [by given condition]
and the number of marbles Janvi has = 45 − x − 5 = 40 − x Now, when Nisha grows to her mother’s present age.
Now, product of the number of marbles = 124 Then, Asha’s age will be [( x 2 + 2 ) – x ] yr.
∴ ( x − 5) ( 40 − x ) = 124 Again by given condition,
⇒ 40x − x 2 − 200 + 5x = 124 Age of Asha = One year less than 10 times the present age of
Nisha
⇒ − x 2 + 45x − 200 − 124 = 0
( x 2 + 2 ) + {( x 2 + 2 ) – x} = 10x – 1
⇒ − x 2 + 45x − 324 = 0
⇒ 2 x 2 – x + 4 = 10x – 1
⇒ x 2 − 45x + 324 = 0 [multiplying by ( −1)] ⇒ 2 x 2 – 11x + 5 = 0
which is the required quadratic equation. ⇒ 2
2 x − 10x – x + 5 = 0
Now, by factorisation method, we get ⇒ 2 x ( x – 5) – 1 ( x – 5 ) = 0
x 2 − 36x − 9x + 324 = 0 ⇒ ( x – 5 ) (2 x – 1 ) = 0
⇒ x( x − 36) − 9( x − 36) = 0 ∴ x=5
⇒ ( x − 36)( x − 9) = 0 1 1
[here, x = cannot be possible, because at x = ,
⇒ x − 36 = 0 or x − 9 = 0 2 2
1
⇒ x = 36 or x = 9 Asha’s age is 2 yr which is not possible]
4
when John has 36 marbles, then
Hence, required age of Nisha = 5 yr
Janvi has = 45 − 36 = 9 marbles.
and required age of Asha = x 2 + 2
when John has 9 marbles, then
Janvi has = 45 − 9 = 36 marbles. = ( 5)2 + 2 = 25 + 2 = 27 yr
22 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Answers
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (i) (c) (ii) (d) (iii) (b) (iv) (a) (v) (d) For Detailed Solutions
1 1
7. 13 ,14 8. x = + ,− 10. 7/4 Scan the code
b2 a2
CHAPTER 02
Arithmetic
Progressions
In this Chapter...
! Arithmetic Progression
! nth Term of an AP
! Sum of n-Term of an AP
! Arithmetic Mean
Solved Examples
Example 1. Examine that the sequence 13, 10, 7, 4,... is Example 5. How many terms are there in the sequence
an AP. 3, 6, 9, 12, ..., 111?
Sol. Given, AP is 13, 10, 7, 4, …… Sol. Given, sequence is 3, 6, 9, 12, ..., 111.
Here, a1 = 13, a 2 = 10, a 3 = 7, a 4 = 4, ……… Here, 6 − 3 = 9 − 6 = 12 − 9 ... = 3
Here, we have a 2 − a1 = 10 − 13 = −3,
So, it is an AP with first term, a = 3 and common difference,
a 3 − a 2 = 7 − 10 = −3, d = 3. Let there be n terms in the given sequence.
a 4 − a 3 = 4 − 7 = −3 and so on.
Then, nth term = 111
Since, difference of any two consecutive terms is same.
So, the given sequence is an AP. ⇒ a + ( n − 1)d = 111 [Q a n = ( a + ( n − 1)d)]
⇒ 2 a + 14d − a − d = 0 10 140
⇒ [2 a + (10 − 1)d] = 140 ⇒ 2 a + 9d =
and 3a + 30d = a + 3d + 1 2 5
⇒ a + 13d = 0 …(i) ⎡ n ⎤
Q S = [ 2 a + ( n − 1 )d ]
and 2 a + 27 d − 1 = 0 …(ii) ⎢⎣ n 2 ⎥⎦
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ⇒ 2 a + 9d = 28 ...(i)
a = − 13, d = 1 Also, given sum of first 16 terms, (S16 ) = 320
∴ a15 = a + (15 − 1) (1) 16
⇒ [2 a + (16 − 1)d] = 320
= − 13 + 14 = 1 2
320
Example 14. The fourth term of an AP is 11. The sum ⇒ 2 a + 15d = ⇒ 2 a + 15d = 40 ...(ii)
8
of the fifth and seventh terms of the AP is 24. Find On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get
its common difference. [CBSE 2015] 6d = 12 ⇒ d = 2
Sol. Let a be the first term and d be the common difference. On putting d = 2 in Eq. (i), we get
Then, 2 a + 9(2 ) = 28 ⇒ 2 a = 28 − 18
a 4 = 11 ⇒ a + ( 4 − 1) d = 11 10
⇒ a= =5
⇒ a + 3d = 11 …(i) 2
Also, given a 5 + a 7 = 24 Thus, a = 5 and d = 2.
⇒ a + ( 5 − 1) d + a + (7 − 1) d = 24 m
Hence, sum of first m terms, (Sm ) = [2 a + ( m − 1)d]
⇒ a + 4d + a + 6d = 24 2
⇒ 2 a + 10d = 24 m
= [2( 5) + ( m − 1)2 ] = m [ 5 + ( m − 1)]
⇒ a + 5d = 12 [divide by 2] …(ii) 2
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get = m ( 5 + m − 1) = m ( m + 4) = m 2 + 4m
1
2d = 1 ⇒ d =
2
Example 18. Find the sum of all three-digit natural
1 numbers, which are multiples of 11. [CBSE 2009]
Hence, common difference is . Sol. All three-digit natural numbers, multiples of 11 are 110, 121,
2
132, …, 990.
Example 15. Find the sum of the first 22 terms of the Here, common difference, 121 − 110 = 132 − 121 = ... = 11.
AP : 8, 3, − 2, ... So, it is an AP with first term, a = 110, common difference,
Sol. Given, AP is 8, 3, − 2, ... d = 11 and last term, l = 990.
Here, first term, ( a ) = 8 Let l = a n = a + ( n − 1 )d
Common difference, ( d) = 3 − 8 = − 5 and n = 22 ∴ 990 = 110 + ( n − 1) × 11
n ⇒ 990 = 110 + 11n − 11
Q Sum of first n terms, (Sn ) = [2 a + ( n − 1) d]
2 ⇒ 11n = 891 ⇒ n = 81
22 n
∴ Sum of first 22 terms, (S22 ) = [2 × 8 + (22 − 1) × ( − 5)] Q Sn = [ a + l ]
2 2
= 11 [16 + 21 × ( − 5)] 81
∴ S81 = [110 + 990]
= 11 [16 − 105] 2
= 11 ( − 89) = − 979 81
= × 1100 = 81 × 550 = 44550
Hence, sum of first 22 terms of an AP is − 979. 2
Example 16. Find the sum of first 24 terms of an AP, Example 19. If S n , the sum of first n terms of an AP is
whose nth term is given by a n = 3 + 2 n. given by S n = 3n 2 − 4n, find the nth term.[CBSE 2019]
Sol. Given, nth term of an AP, a n = 3 + 2 n Sol. Given, S n = 3n 2 − 4n …(i)
Clearly, sum of first 24 terms, (S24 )
On replacing n by ( n − 1) in Eq. (i), we get
24
= ( a + a 24 ) = 12( 5 + 51) Sn −1 = 3( n − 1)2 − 4( n − 1)
2
[Q a1 = 3 + 2 = 5 and a 24 = 3 + 2 × 24 = 3 + 48 = 51] nth term of the AP a n = Sn − Sn −1
= 12 × 56 = 672 ∴ a n = ( 3n 2 − 4n ) − [ 3( n − 1)2 − 4( n − 1)]
Example 17. If the sum of first 10 terms of an AP is 140 ⇒ a n = 3[ n 2 − ( n − 1)2 ] − 4[ n − ( n − 1)]
and the sum of first 16 terms is 320, then find the ⇒ a n = 3 [ n 2 − n 2 + 2 n − 1 ] − 4 [ n − n + 1]
sum of first m terms. ⇒ a n = 3 (2 n − 1) − 4
Sol. Let the first term of this AP be a and common difference be d. ⇒ a n = 6n − 3 − 4 ⇒ a n = 6n − 7
Given, sum of first 10 terms, (S10 ) = 140 Thus, the nth term of the AP = 6n − 7.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 29
Chapter
Practice
PART 1
Objective Questions
!
Multiple Choice Questions 7. The first four terms of an AP whose first term is − 2
1. Which of the following form of an AP? and the common difference is −2, are
[NCERT Exemplar] [NCERT Exemplar]
(a) − 1, − 1 , − 1 , − 1 , ... (b) 0, 2 , 0, 2, … (a) − 2 , 0, 2 , 4 (b) − 2 , 4, − 8, 16
1 1 1 (c) − 2 , − 4, − 6, − 8 (d) − 2 , − 4, − 8, − 16
(c) 1 , 1 , 2 , 2 , 3, 3, K (d) , , , K
2 3 4 8. Let a be a sequence defined by a1 = 1, a 2 = 1 and
2. Which of the following is not an AP? a
a n = a n − 1 + a n − 2 for all n > 2, then the value of 4 is
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] a3
(a) −1.2 , 0.8, 2.8, ... 2 5 4 3
(b) 3, 3 + 2 , 3 + 2 2 , 3 + 3 2 , … (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 4 5 2
4 7 9 12
(c) , , , , .... 9. If an AP have 8 as the first term and −5 as the
3 3 3 3
−1 −2 −3 common difference and its first three terms are
(d) , , , .... 8, A , B, then ( A + B ) is equal to
5 5 5
(a) 0 (b) −1
5 (c) 1 (d) 2
3. If − , a, 2 are consecutive terms in an Arithmetic
7 10. In an AP, if d = −4, n = 7 and a n = 4, then a is equal to
Progression, then the value of ‘a’ is
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] (a) 6 (b) 7
9 9 (c) 20 (d) 28
(a) (b) −5 5
7 14 11. The 11th term of an AP − 5, , 0, , . . .
(c)
19
(d)
19 2 2
7 14 [NCERT Exemplar]
(a) − 20 (b) 20
4. The common difference of an AP, whose nth term is (c) −30 (d) 30
a n = ( 3n + 7 ), is
(a) 3 (b) 7 12. The 21st term of an AP whose first two terms are
(c) 10 (d) 6 − 3 and 4, is [NCERT Exemplar]
(a) 17 (b) 137
5. The value of x for which 2 x ,( x + 10) and ( 3x + 2 ) are (c) 143 (d) − 143
the three consecutive terms of an AP, is
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
13. If the 2nd term of an AP is 13 and 5th term is 25,
(a) 6 (b) − 6
what is its 7th term?
(c) 18 (d) −18 (a) 30 (b) 33
(c) 37 (d) 38
6. The value of p for which (2 p + 1 ), 10 and ( 5p + 5) are
14. Which term of an AP : 21, 42, 63, 84, ... is 210?
three consecutive terms of an AP is [NCERT Exemplar]
(a) − 1 (b) − 2 (a) 9th (b) 10th
(c) 1 (d) 2 (c) 11th (d) 12th
30 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
15. Split 207 into three parts such that these are in AP
PART 2 and the product of the two smaller parts is 4623.
[NCERT Exemplar]
Subjective Questions 16. Find the 12th term from the end of the AP
− 2 , − 4, − 6, . . . , − 100 . [NCERT Exemplar]
!
Short Answer Type Questions
17. How many numbers lie between 10 and 300, which
1. Justify whether it is true to say that divided by 4 leave a remainder 3?
−3 5
−1 , , − 2 , , . . . forms an AP as a 2 − a1 = a 3 − a 2 . 18. If m times the mth term of an AP is equal to n
2 2 times its nth term, show that the ( m + n )th term of
[NCERT Exemplar]
the AP is zero.
2. Find the values of a, b and c if it is given that the
19. Find the sum of first 20 terms of the following AP
numbers a, 7, b, 23, c are in AP. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
sequence 1, 4, 7, 10, ……
3. The angles of a triangle are in AP. The greatest angle
20. Which term of the AP : 120, 116, 112, … is first
is twice the least. Find all the angles of the triangle.
[NCERT Exemplar]
negative term? [CBSE 2012]
4. The taxi fare after each km, when the fare is ` 15 for 21. How many terms of AP 18, 16, 14, ... should be taken,
the first kilometre and ` 8 for each additional so that their sum is zero? [CBSE 2013]
kilometre, does not form an AP as the total fare 22. Find the sum of first 8 multiples of 3. [CBSE 2018]
(in `) after each kilometre is 15, 8, 8, 8, … . Is the
23. Subha Rao started work in 1995 at an annual salary
statement true? Give reasons.
of ` 5000 and received an increment of ` 200 each
5. Determine k, so that k 2 + 4k + 8, 2 k 2 + 3k + 6 and year. In which year did his income reach ` 7000?
3k 2 + 4k + 4 are three consecutive terms of an AP. [NCERT Exemplar]
[NCERT Exemplar] 24. Ramkali saves ` 5 in the first week of a year and
6. Show that ( a − b )2 ,( a 2 + b 2 ) and ( a + b )2 are in AP. then increased her weekly savings by ` 1.75. If in
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] the nth week, her weekly saving becomes ` 20.75.
Find n. [NCERT Exemplar]
7. Find the 11th term from the last term (towards the
1 + 3 + 5 + Kupto n terms
first term) of the AP 12, 8, 4, .., − 84. 25. If = 9, then find the
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] 2 + 5 + 8 + . . . upto 8 terms
8. For the AP −3, − 7 , − 11 ,K can we find directly value of n.
a 30 − a 20 without actually finding a 30 and a 20 ? 26. In an AP, if S n = 3n 2 + 5n and a k = 164, then find
Give reason for your answer. [NCERT Exemplar] the value of k. [NCERT Exemplar]
9. Is 0 a term of the AP 31, 28, 25,…? Justify your 27. Find the sum ( −5) + ( −8 ) + ( −11 ) + K + ( −230).
answer. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
10. If four numbers are in AP such that their sum is 50 28. Sum of the first n terms of an AP is 5n 2 − 3n. Find
and the greatest number is 4 times the least, then the AP and also find its 16th term. [CBSE 2010]
find the numbers.
29. The sum of the first n terms of an AP whose first
11. Find the 20th term of the AP whose 7th term is 24 term is 8 and the common difference is 20, is equal
less than the 11th term, first term being 12. to the sum of first 2n terms of another AP whose
[NCERT Exemplar]
first term is −30 and the common difference is 8.
12. If the 9th term of an AP is zero, then prove that its Find the value of n. [NCERT Exemplar]
29th term is twice its 19th term.
30. Find the sum of 10 terms of an AP.
13. The 16th term of an AP is 1 more than twice its 8th
term. If the 12th term of an AP is 47, then find its 2 , 8 , 18 , 32 , …,
nth term. 31. Find the sum of all multiples of 7 lying between
14. Find the 19th term of the following sequence. 500 and 900.
⎧ n 2 , where n is even 32. Find the sum of all the two digit numbers which leave
tn = ⎨ 2 the remainder 2 when divided by 5. [CBSE 2019]
⎩n − 1, where n is odd [CBSE 2015]
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 33
40. If the nth terms of the two AP’s 9, 7, 5, ... and 24, 53. The sum of four consecutive numbers in AP is
21, 18, ... are the same, then find the value of n. 32 and the ratio of the product of the first and
Also, that term. [NCERT Exemplar] last terms to the product of two middle terms is
41. The 26th, 11th and the last terms of an AP are, 0, 3 7 : 15. Find the numbers. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
1 54. Show that the sum of an AP whose first term is a,
and − , respectively. Find the common difference
5 the second term b and the last term c, is equal to
and the number of terms. [NCERT Exemplar] ( a + c ) ( b + c − 2 a)
. [NCERT Exemplar]
42. The 4th term of an AP is zero. Prove that the 25th 2 ( b − a)
term of the AP is three times its 11th term. 1 2
[CBSE 2016] 55. How many terms of the AP 20, 19 , 18 , ... must
3 3
1 1
43. If the mth term of an AP is and nth term is , be taken, so that their sum is 300?
n m
then show that its mnth term is 1. !
Case Base Questions
44. In an AP given that the first term ( a) = 54, the 56. Kanika was given her pocket money on Jan 1st,
common difference ( d) = − 3 and the n th term 2008. She puts ` 1 on day 1, ` 2 on day 2, ` 3 on day
( a n ) = 0, find n and the sum of first nterms (S n ) of 3 and continued doing so till the end of the month.
the AP. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)] From this money into her piggy bank, she also
45. Solve 1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + . . . + x = 287. spent ` 204 of her pocket money and found that at
the end of the month she still had ` 100 with her.
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
[NCERT Exemplar]
46. Solve the equation: (i) How much Kanika take till the end of the month
1 + 5 + 9 + 13 + K + x = 1326 from pocket money?
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
(ii) How much was pocket money for the month?
47. Find the sum (iii) What is the amount saved by Kanika, till
(i) 1 + ( − 2 ) + ( − 5 ) + ( − 8 ) + . . . + ( − 236 ) January 13th, 2008?
34 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions −1 −2 −3
(d) We have, , , , ....
1. (a) (a) Here, t1 = − 1, t 2 = − 1, t 3 = − 1 and t 4 = − 1 5 5 5
1 2 −3
Now, t 2 − t1 = − 1 + 1 = 0 Here, a1 = − , a 2 = − , a 3 =
t3 − t2 = − 1 + 1 = 0 5 5 5
2 ⎛ −1⎞ 1
t4 − t3 = − 1 + 1 = 0 Now, a 2 − a1 = − − ⎜ ⎟ = −
5 ⎝ 5⎠ 5
Clearly, the difference of successive terms is same,
therefore given list of numbers forms an AP. −3 ⎛ 2 ⎞ −3 2 1
a3 − a2 = − ⎜− ⎟ = + =−
(b) Here, t1 = 0, t 2 = 2 , t 3 = 0 and t 4 = 2 5 ⎝ 5⎠ 5 5 5
Now, t 2 − t1 = 2 − 0 = 2 Thus, given series is an AP.
t3 − t2 = 0 − 2 = − 2 Hence, in the given options, option (c) is not an AP.
5
t4 − t3 = 2 − 0 = 2 3. (b) Given, − , a , 2 are consecutive terms in AP.
7
Clearly, the difference of successive terms is not same,
therefore given list of numbers does not form an AP. ⎛ 5⎞
∴ a − ⎜− ⎟ = 2 − a [Q In AP, a 2 − a1 = a 3 − a 2]
⎝ 7⎠
(c) Here, t1 = 1, t 2 = 1, t 3 = 2 and t 4 = 2
5 9 9
Now, t 2 − t1 = 1 − 1 = 0 ⇒ 2 a = 2 − ⇒2 a = ⇒ a =
7 7 14
t3 − t2 = 2 − 1 = 1
4. (a) Given, nth term of an AP is
t4 − t2 = 2 − 2 = 0
a n = ( 3n + 7 )
Clearly, the difference of successive terms is not same,
therefore given list of numbers does not form an AP. ∴ The common difference of an AP = a n − a n − 1
1 1 1 = ( 3n + 7 ) − [ 3( n − 1) + 7 ]
(d) , , , …
2 3 4 = 3n + 7 − ( 3n + 4) = 7 − 4 = 3
1 1 1 a+c
Here, t1 = , t 2 = and t 3 = 5. (a) If a , b , c are in AP, then b = [Q b − a = c − b]
2 3 4 2
1 1 2−3 1 Given, 2 x , ( x + 10) and ( 3x + 2 ) are in AP.
Now, t 2 − t1 = − = =−
3 2 6 6 2 x + ( 3x + 2 )
∴ x + 10 =
1 1 3−4 1 2
t3 − t2 = − = =−
4 3 12 12 5x + 2
⇒ x + 10 = ⇒ 2 x + 20 = 5x + 2
Clearly, the difference of successive terms is not same, 2
therefore given list of numbers does not form an AP. ⇒ 5x − 2 x = 20 − 2 ⇒ 3x = 18
2. (c) The condition for given series is not AP is the common 18
⇒ x= =6
difference of two consecutive terms is not constant. 3
(a) We have, − 1.2 , 0.8, 2.8, ... 6. (d) Let a1 = 2 p + 1, a 2 = 10 and a 3 = 5p + 5.
Here, a1 = − 1.2, a 2 = 0.8, a 3 = 2.8 Given that three consecutive terms are in AP.
Now, a 2 − a1 = 0.8 − ( −1.2 ) = 2.0 ∴ a 2 − a1 = a 3 − a 2
and a 3 − a 2 = 2.8 − 0.8 = 2 ⇒ 10 − (2 p + 1) = 5p + 5 − 10
Thus, given series is an AP. ⇒ 10 + 10 = 5p + 5 + 2 p + 1
(b) We have, 3, 3 + 2 , 3 + 2 2 , 3 + 3 2 , … ⇒ 20 = 7 p + 6
Here, a1 = 3, a 2 = 3 + 2 , a 3 = 3 + 2 2 ⇒ 7 p = 20 − 6
⇒ 7 p = 14
Now, a 2 − a1 = 3 + 2 − 3 = 2 14
⇒ p= =2
and a 3 − a 2 = 3 + 2 2 − ( 3 + 2 ) = 2 7
Thus, given series is an AP. 7. (c) Let the first four terms of an AP are
4 7 9 12 a , a + d, a + 2 d and a + 3d.
(c) We have, , , , ....
3 3 3 3 Given, that first term, a = − 2 and common difference,
4 7 9 d = − 2, then we have an AP as follows
Here, a1 = , a 2 = , a 3 = − 2 , − 2 − 2 , − 2 + 2 ( −2 ), − 2 + 3( −2 ) i.e. − 2 , − 4 , − 6, − 8
3 3 3
7 4 3 8. (d) We have, a1 = 1, a 2 = 1 and a n = a n −1 + a n − 2 for all n > 2
Now, a 2 − a1 = − = = 1
3 3 3 On putting n = 3 and 4, we get
9 7 2 a 3 = a 2 + a1 = 1 + 1 = 2
a3 − a2 = − =
3 3 3 a4 = a3 + a2 = 2 + 1 = 3
Thus, given series is not an AP, as common difference is a4 3
Now, =
not constant. a3 2
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 35
9. (c) Given, first term ( a ) = 8, common difference ( d) = − 5 17. (c) Let the common difference of two APs are d1 and d2,
On putting the values of a and d in general form, respectively.
a , a + d, a + 2 d, a + 3d, ..., we get By condition, d1 = d2 = d ...(i)
8, 8 − 5, 8 + 2( −5), 8 + 3( −5), ... or 8, 3, −2 , − 7 , ... Let the first term of first AP ( a1 ) = − 1
On comparing with given terms 8, A ,B , ... , we get and the first term of second AP ( a 2 ) = − 8
A = 3, B = − 2 We know that, the nth term of an AP, Tn = a + ( n − 1 ) d
∴ A + B = 3 + ( −2 ) = 3 − 2 = 1 ∴ 4th term of first AP, T4 = a1 + ( 4 − 1) d = − 1 + 3 d
10. (d) In an AP, an = a + ( n − 1) d and 4th term of second AP, T4ʹ = a 2 + ( 4 − 1 ) d = − 8 + 3 d
⇒ 4 = a + ( 7 − 1 ) ( − 4) [by given condition] Now, the difference between their 4th terms is
⇒ 4 = a + 6 ( − 4) ⇒ 4 + 24 = a |T4 − T4ʹ| = ( − 1 + 3 d ) − ( − 8 + 3 d )
∴ a = 28 = − 1 + 3 d + 8 − 3d = 7
5 5 Hence, the required difference is 7.
11. (b) Given AP, − 5, − , 0 , , ……
2 2 18. (d) According to the question,
−5 5 7 a 7 = 11 a11
Here, a = − 5, d = + 5=
2 2 ⇒ 7 [ a + ( 7 − 1 ) d ] = 11 [ a + (11 − 1 ) d ]
∴ a11 = a + (11 − 1 ) d [Q a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d ] [Q a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d]
5
= − 5 + (10 ) × = − 5 + 25 = 20 ⇒ 7 ( a + 6 d) = 11 ( a + 10 d)
2
⇒ 7 a + 42 d = 11a + 110 d
12. (b) Given, first two terms of an AP are a = − 3 and a + d = 4.
⇒ 4a + 68 d = 0
⇒ −3 + d = 4
⇒ 4 ( a + 17 d ) = 0
Common difference, d = 7
∴ a 21 = a + (21 − 1 ) d[Q a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d ] ⇒ a + 17 d = 0 …(i)
= − 3 + (20 ) 7 ∴ 18th term of an AP, a18 = a + (18 − 1 ) d
= − 3 + 140 = 137 = a + 17 d = 0 [from Eq. (i)]
13. (b) Given, a 2 = 13 and a 5 = 25 19. (b) We know that, the n th term of an AP from the end is
⇒ a + (2 − 1 ) d = 13 [Q a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d ] a n = l − ( n − 1) d …(i)
and a + ( 5 − 1 ) d = 25 Here, l = Last term and l = 49 [given]
⇒ a + d = 13 …(i) Common difference, d = − 8 − ( − 11 )
and a + 4 d = 25 …(ii) = − 8 + 11 = 3
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get From Eq. (i), a 4 = 49 − ( 4 − 1 ) 3 = 49 − 9 = 40
3 d = 25 − 13 = 12 ⇒ d = 4 20. (b) We have, a = 5 and d = 10
From Eq. (i), a = 13 − 4 = 9 ∴ a 31 = a + 30d = 5 + 30 × 10 = 305
∴ a 7 = a + ( 7 − 1 ) d = 9 + 6 × 4 = 33 Let nth term of the given AP be 130 more than its 31st term.
14. (b) Let nth term of the given AP be 210. Then, a n = 130 + a 31
Here, first term, a = 21 ⇒ a + ( n − 1)d = 130 + 305
and common difference, ⇒ 5 + 10( n − 1) = 435
d = 42 − 21 = 21 and a n = 210 ⇒ 10( n − 1) = 430
Q a n = a + (n − 1) d
⇒ n − 1 = 43
⇒ 210 = 21 + ( n − 1 ) 21
⇒ n = 44
⇒ 210 = 21 + 21 n − 21
Hence, 44th term of the given AP is 130 more than its
⇒ 210 = 21 n ⇒ n = 10 31st term.
Hence, the 10th term of an AP is 210. 21. (d) Given, AP sequence is 5, 9, 13, ..., 185.
15. (c) Given, the common difference of AP i.e. d = 5 Here, first term a = 5
Now, a18 − a13 = a + (18 − 1 ) d − [ a + (13 − 1 ) d]
Common difference, d = 9 − 5 = 4
[Q a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d ]
and last term, l = 185
= a + 17 × 5 − a − 12 × 5 = 85 − 60 = 25
Q l = a + ( n − 1 )d
16. (a) Given, a18 − a14 = 32
∴ 185 = 5 + ( n − 1)4
⇒ a + (18 − 1 ) d − [ a + (14 − 1 ) d] = 32 [Q a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d ] ⇒ 180 = ( n − 1)4
⇒ a + 17 d − a − 13 d = 32 180
⇒ 4 d = 32 ⇒ ( n − 1) =
4
∴ d=8 ⇒ ( n − 1) = 45
Which is the required common difference of an AP. ⇒ n = 45 + 1 ⇒ n = 46
36 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
11. Let the first term, common difference and number of terms 16. Given AP, −2 , − 4, − 6,... , − 100
of an AP are a , d and n, respectively. Here, first term ( a ) = − 2, common difference
Given that, first term ( a ) = 12. ( d ) = − 4 − ( − 2 ) = − 2 and the last term ( l ) = − 100.
Now by condition, We know that, the nth term a n of an AP from the end is
7th term (T7 ) = 11th term (T11 ) − 24 a n = l − ( n − 1) d, where l is the last term and d is the
[Q nth term of an AP, Tn = a + (n − 1) d] common difference.
⇒ a + (7 − 1) d = a + (11 − 1) d − 24 ∴ 12th term from the end,
⇒ a + 6 d = a + 10 d − 24 a12 = − 100 − (12 − 1) ( − 2 )
⇒ 24 = 4 d ⇒ d = 6 = − 100 + (11) (2 ) = − 100 + 22 = − 78.
∴ 20th term of AP, T20 = a + (20 − 1) d = 12 + 19 × 6 = 126 Hence, the 12th term from the end is – 78.
Hence, the required 20th term of an AP is 126. 17. Here, the first number is 11, which divided by 4 leave
remainder 3 between 10 and 300. Last term before 300 is
12. Let the first term, common difference and number of terms
299, which divided by 4 leave remainder 3.
of an AP are a , d and n, respectively.
∴ Required AP is 11, 15, 19, 23,... , 299
Given that, 9th term of an AP, T9 = 0
Here, first term ( a ) = 11, common difference d = 15 − 11 = 4
[Q nth term of an AP, Tn = a + ( n − 1) d]
Q n th term, a n = a + ( n − 1 ) d = l [last term]
⇒ a + ( 9 − 1) d = 0 ⇒ a + 8 d = 0 ⇒ a = − 8 d ... (i)
⇒ 299 = 11 + ( n − 1 ) 4
Now, its 19th term, T19 = a + (19 − 1) d
⇒ 299 − 11 = ( n − 1 ) 4
= − 8 d + 18 d [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ 4 ( n − 1 ) = 288 ⇒ ( n − 1 ) = 72
⇒ T19 = 10 d ... (ii) ∴ n = 73
and its 29th term, T29 = a + (29 − 1) d 18. Let first term of an AP is a and common difference is d.
= − 8 d + 28 d [from Eq. (i)]
The n th term of an AP is
= 20d = 2 × (10 d)
a n = a + ( n − 1 )d
⇒ T29 = 2 × T19 [from Eq. (ii)]
According to the given condition,
Hence, its 29th term is twice its 19th term. Hence proved.
m × am = n × an
13. Let first term and common difference of an AP are a and d.
∴ m × [ a + ( m − 1 ) d ] = n × [ a + ( n − 1 )d ]
According to the given condition,
⇒ a ( m − n ) = [( n 2 − m 2 ) + ( − n + m )]d
a12 = 47
⇒ a + 11d = 47 ...(i) ⇒ a( m − n ) = [( n − m ) ( n + m ) + ( m − n )]d
and a16 = 1 + 2 a 8 [by given condition] ⇒ a = [ − ( n + m ) + 1] d ...(i)
⇒ [ a + (16 − 1) d] = 1 + 2 [ a + ( 8 − 1) d] [divide both sides by m − n ]
⇒ a − d = −1 ...(ii) Now, ( m + n )th term of an AP is
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get a m + n = a + ( m + n − 1 )d
d = 4 and a = 3 = [ − ( n + m ) + 1 ]d + ( m + n − 1 ) d
∴ a n = 3 + ( n − 1) 4 = 4 n − 1 =0 Hence proved.
⎧ n 2 , where n is even 19. Given, AP sequence is 1, 4, 7, 10, .... whose first term is a =1
14. We have, t n = ⎨ 2
⎩n − 1, where n is odd and common difference, d = 4 − 1 = 3.
Q Sum of n terms of an AP is
For 19th term, i.e. for n = 19 which is odd, we take n
S n = [2 a + ( n − 1 )d ]
t n = n 2 − 1 = (19)2 − 1 = 360 2
15. Let the three parts of the number 207 are ( a − d) , a and 20
∴ S20 = [2 × 1 + (20 − 1) × 3] [put, d = 3]
( a + d), which are in AP. 2
Now, by given condition, = 10 [2 + 19 × 3] = 10 [2 + 57 ] = 590
Sum of these parts = 207 Hence, sum of the first 20 terms of an AP is 590.
⇒ a − d + a + a + d = 207 20. Given sequence in AP is 120, 116, 112, ...
⇒ 3a = 207 Here, a = 120, d = 116 − 120 = − 4
a = 69 The nth term of an AP is
Given that, product of the two smaller parts = 4623 a n = a + ( n − 1) d
⇒ a ( a − d) = 4623 a n = 120 + ( n − 1) ( − 4)
⇒ 69 ⋅ ( 69 − d) = 4623 ⇒ 69 − d = 67 For, first negative term, a n < 0
⇒ d = 69 − 67 = 2 ∴ 120 + ( n − 1) ( − 4) < 0
So, first part = a − d = 69 − 2 = 67, ⇒ 4 ( n − 1) > 120
second part = a = 69 ⇒ ( n − 1) > 30
and third part = a + d = 69 + 2 = 71, ⇒ n > 31
Hence, required three parts are 67, 69, 71. ∴ The first negative term is 32.
40 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
21. Here, a = 18 and d = −2 27. Given series is ( −5) + ( −8) + ( −11) + .... + ( −230)
Let n terms are taken, so that their sum is zero. Here, first term, a = − 5 and common difference,
Then, we have d = − 8 − ( − 5) = − 8 + 5 = − 3
Sn = 0 Q a n = a + ( n − 1 )d
n
⇒ [ 2 a + ( n − 1 )d ] = 0 ∴ ( −230) = − 5 + ( n − 1)( −3)
2
⇒ ( n − 1)( −3) = − 230 + 5
⇒ 2 a + ( n − 1 )d = 0 −225
⇒ 2 × 18 + ( n − 1)( −2 ) = 0 ⇒ ( n − 1) =
−3
⇒ n − 1 = 18 ⇒ n = 19 ⇒ n − 1 = 75
22. First 8 multiples of 3 are 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24. ⇒ n = 75 + 1 = 76
∴The sum of first 8 multiples of 3 Q The sum of n th term is
n 8 n
= [ a + l ] = [ 3 + 24] = 4 × 27 = 108 Sn = [ a + l ]
2 2 2
23. The annual salary received by Subha Rao in the years 76
∴ Sn = [ −5 + ( −230)]
1995, 1996, 1997 etc., is ` 5000, ` 5200, ` 5400, …, ` 7000 2
Hence, the list of numbers 5000, 5200, 5400, …, 7000 forms = 38 [ −235] = − 8930
an AP 28. S n = 5n 2 − 3n
Q a 2 − a1 = a 3 − a 2 = 200 Now, a n = Sn − Sn −1
Let nth term of an AP, a n = 7000 = 5n 2 − 3n − [ 5( n − 1)2 − 3( n − 1)]
⇒ 7000 = a + ( n − 1)d [Q a n = a + ( n − 1)d]
= 5n 2 − 3n − [ 5( n 2 + 1 − 2 n ) − 3n + 3]
⇒ 7000 = 5000 + ( n − 1)(200)
⇒ a n = 10n − 8 …(i)
⇒ 200( n − 1) = 7000 − 5000 = 2000
2000 Clearly, a16 = 10 × 16 − 8 = 160 − 8 = 152
⇒ n −1 = = 10 Now, for finding AP, put n = 1, 2, 3, 4 …… in Eq. (i).
200
⇒ n = 10 + 1 = 11 So, from Eq. (i), we have
Thus, 11th year of his service or in 2005 Subha Rao received a1 = 2 , a 2 = 12 , a 3 = 22
an annual salary ` 7000. The AP is 2, 12, 22, ...... .
24. Ramkali’ savings in the subsequent weeks are respectively 29. Given, a1 = 8, d1 = 20, a 2 = −30, d2 = 8
` 5, ` 5 + ` 1.75, ` 5 + 2 × ` 1.75, ` 5 + 3 × 1.75 … Sn = S2n
In nth week her saving will be ` 5 + (n − 1) × ` 1.75 n 2n
⇒ 5 + ( n − 1) × 1.75 = 20.75 [given] [2 × 8 + ( n − 1) × 20] = [2 × ( −30) × 30 + (2 n − 1) × 8]
2 2
⇒ ( n − 1) × 1.75 = 20.75 −5 = 15.75 ⇒ [16 + ( n − 1)20] = 2 [ −60 + (2 n − 1)8]
15.75 ⇒ 16 + 20n − 20 = −120 + 32 n − 16
⇒ n −1 = =9
1.75 ⇒ 12 n = 132 ⇒ n = 11
⇒ n = 9 + 1 = 10 30. Here, a1 = 2 , a 2 = 8 = 2 2 , a 3 = 3 2
1 + 3 + 5 + K upto n terms ∴ a = 2 , d = a 2 − a1 = 2 2 − 2 = 2
25. Given, =9
2 + 5 + 8 + ... upto 8 term 10
n ∴ S10 = [2 × 2 + (10 − 1)( 2 )]
[2(1) + ( n − 1)2 ] 2
⇒ 2 =9
8 = 5[2 2 + 9 2 ] = 55 2
[ 2 ( 2 ) + ( 8 − 1) 3]
2 31. The multiples of 7 lying between 500 and 900 are 504, 511,
n (2 n ) 518, ..., 896.
⇒ =9
8(25) Clearly, it forms an AP.
⇒ n 2 = 9 × 100 ⇒ n 2 = 900 ⇒ n = 30 Here, a = 504 and d = 511 − 504 = 7
Let there are n terms, i.e. a n = 896
26. Q n th term of an AP,
⇒ a + ( n − 1) d = 896
a n = Sn − Sn −1
⇒ 504 + ( n − 1)7 = 896
= 3n 2 + 5n − 3 ( n − 1 ) 2 − 5 ( n − 1 )
⇒ ( n − 1)7 = 392
[Q Sn = 3n 2 + 5n (given)] ⇒ n − 1 = 56
2 2
= 3 n + 5 n − 3 n − 3 + 6 n − 5n + 5 ⇒ n = 57
a n = 6n + 2 …(i) n 57
Now, S57 = ( a + l ) = ( 504 + 896)
or a k = 6 k + 2 = 164 [Q a k = 164 (given)] 2 2
⇒ 6k = 164 − 2 = 162 57
= × 1400 = 39900
∴ k = 27 2
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 41
32. The sequence of two digit number which divided by 5 and common difference ( d) = 36 − 18 = 18
leave the remainder 2 is n
∴ S 7 = [2 a + ( n − 1 ) d ]
12, 17, 22, ..., 97 which is an AP 2
Here, a = 12 , d = 17 − 12 = 5 and l = 97 7
= [2 (18) + (7 − 1) 18]
∴ l = a + ( n − 1) d 2
∴ 97 = 12 + ( n − 1)5 7
= [ 36 + 6 × 18]
⇒ 85 = ( n − 1) 5 2
⇒ ( n − 1) = 17 = 7 (18 + 3 × 18)
⇒ n = 17 + 1 = 18 = 7 (18 + 54)
∴ Required sum of two digit number which divided by = 7 × 72 = 504
n 37. Given, first term of an AP, a = 5
5 and leave the remainder 2 is ( a + l )
2 Common difference, d = 3
18 nth term of an AP, a n = 50
= (12 + 97 ) = 9 × 109 = 981
2 ∴ a + ( n − 1)d = 50
33. Q Sum of n terms of an AP, ⇒ 5 + ( n − 1)3 = 50
n ⇒ ( n − 1)3 = 50 − 5
S n = [2 a + ( n − 1 ) d ] …(i)
2 45
8 ⇒ n −1=
∴ S 8 = [2 a + ( 8 − 1 ) d ] 3
2 ⇒ n − 1 = 15
= 4 (2 a + 7 d ) = 8a + 28d ⇒ n = 15 + 1 = 16
4
and S 4 = [2 a + ( 4 − 1 ) d ] ∴ The sum of nth term of an AP is
2 n
= 2 (2 a + 3 d ) = 4a + 6 d S n = [2 a + ( n − 1 )d ]
2
Now, S8 − S4 = 8a + 28d − 4a − 6d = 4a + 22 d …(ii) 16
12 ∴ S16 = [2 × 5 + (16 − 1) × 3 ]
and S12 = [2 a + (12 − 1 ) d ] = 6 (2 a + 11 d ) 2
2
= 8 [10 + 15 × 3]
= 3 ( 4a + 22 d) = 3 (S8 − S4 ) [from Eq. (ii)]
= 8 [10 + 45]
∴ S12 = 3(S8 − S4 ) Hence proved.
= 8 × 55 = 440
34. For finding, the sum of last ten terms, we write the given AP 38. Let a and d be the first term and common difference of an
in reverse order. AP. Then,
i.e. 126, 124, 122 , ... , 12 , 10, 8 a 4 = − 15 and a 9 = − 30
Here, first term ( a ) = 126, ⇒ a + ( 4 − 1) d = − 15
common difference, and a + ( 9 − 1)d = − 30
( d) = 124 − 126 = − 2 ⇒ a + 3d = − 15 …(i)
10 ⎡ n ⎤
∴ S10 = [2 a + (10 − 1 ) d] Q Sn = [2 a + ( n − 1) d] and a + 8d = −30 …(ii)
2 ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get
= 5 {2 (126) + 9 ( −2 )} 8d − 3d = − 30 − ( −15)
= 5 (252 − 18) ⇒ 5d = − 30 + 15
= 5 × 234 15
⇒ d=−
= 1170 5
35. Let the sequence of 100 natural numbers be 1, 2, 3, ...., 100 ⇒ d = −3
Here, a = 1, d = 2 − 1 = 3 − 2 = 1 Put d = − 3 in Eq. (i), we get
Thus, natural number sequence is an AP. a + 3( −3) = − 15
Now, sum of first 100 natural number is ⇒ a = − 15 + 9
100 ⎡ n ⎤ ⇒ a = −6
S100 = [2 × 1 + (100 − 1)1] Sn = [2 a + ( n − 1)d]
2 ⎣⎢ 2 ⎦⎥ ∴The sum of first 16 terms of an AP is
= 50 [2 + 99] n
S n = [2 a + ( n − 1 ) d ]
= 50 × 101 = 5050 2
36. For finding, the sum of first seven numbers which are multiples 16
⇒ S16 = [2 ( −6) + 15 ( −3)]
of 2 as well as of 9. Take LCM of 2 and 9 which is 18. 2
So, the series becomes 18, 36, 54,... = 8 [−12 − 45]
Here, first term ( a ) = 18, = 8 × ( −57 ) = − 456
42 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
39. Let a and d be the first term and common difference of an and nth term of an AP is
AP. Then, Tn = a + ( n − 1) d ...(ii)
S14 = 1050 and T4 = 40 [given] Given that, 26th term of an AP = 0
14 ⇒ T26 = a + (26 − 1) d = 0 [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ [2 a + (14 − 1) d] = 1050 and a + ( 4 − 1) d = 40
2 ⇒ a + 25 d = 0 ...(iii)
⇒ 7 [2 a + 13d] = 1050 and a + 3d = 40 11th term of an AP = 3
⇒ 2 a + 13d = 150 …(i) ⇒ T11 = a + (11 − 1) d = 3 [from Eq. (ii)]
and a + 3d = 40 …(ii) ⇒ a + 10 d = 3 ... (iv)
Multiply Eq. (ii) by 2 and subtract Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), and last term of an AP = − 1 / 5
13d − 6d = 150 − 80 ⇒ l = a + ( n − 1) d [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ 7 d = 70 ⇒ − 1 / 5 = a + ( n − 1) d ...(v)
⇒ d = 10 Now, subtracting Eq. (iv) from Eq. (iii),
Put d = 10 in Eq. (i), we get a + 25 d = 0
2 a + 13 × 10 = 150 a + 10 d = 3
− − −
⇒ 2 a = 150 − 130 15 d = − 3
⇒ 2 a = 20 1
⇒ a = 10 ⇒ d=−
5
∴The 20th term of an AP is Put the value of d in Eq. (iii), we get
a 20 = a + (20 − 1) d ⎛ 1⎞
= 10 + 19 × 10 a + 25 ⎜ − ⎟ = 0
⎝ 5⎠
= 10 + 190 = 200 ⇒ a −5=0
40. Let the first term, common difference and number of terms ⇒ a=5
of the AP 9, 7, 5, ... are a1 , d1 and n1, respectively.
Now, put the value of a , d in Eq. (v), we get
i.e. first term ( a1 ) = 9 and common difference ( d1 )
− 1 / 5 = 5 + ( n − 1) ( − 1 / 5)
= 7 − 9 = − 2.
⇒ − 1 = 25 − ( n − 1)
∴ Its nth term, Tʹ n = a1 + ( n − 1) d1
⇒ − 1 = 25 − n + 1
⇒ Tʹn = 9 + ( n − 1) ( − 2 ) ⇒ n = 25 + 2 = 27
⇒ Tʹn = 9 − 2 n + 2 Hence, the common difference and number of terms are
⇒ Tʹn = 11 − 2 n ...(i) − 1 / 5 and 27, respectively.
Let the first term, common difference and the number of 42. Let a and d be the first term and common difference of the
terms of the AP 24, 21, 18, ... are a 2 , d2 and n 2, respectively. given AP, respectively.
i.e. first term, ( a 2 ) = 24 and common difference Given a4 = 0
( d2 ) = 21 − 24 = − 3. ⇒ a + 3d = 0
∴ Its nth term, Tnʹʹ = a 2 + ( n − 1) d2 ⇒ a = − 3d …(i)
⇒ Tnʹʹ = 24 + ( n − 1) ( − 3) Now, a 25 = a + 24d
⇒ Tnʹʹ = 24 − 3n + 3 = − 3d + 24d [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ Tnʹʹ = 27 − 3n ...(ii) ⇒ a 25 = 21d …(ii)
Now, by given condition, Also, a11 = a + 10d
nth terms of the both APs are same, = − 3d + 10d [From Eq. (i)]
i.e. Tʹn = Tʹʹ ⇒ a11 = 7 d
n
11 − 2 n = 27 − 3n [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)] ⇒ 3a11 = 21d …(iii)
⇒ n = 16 From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
∴ nth term of first AP, a 25 = 3a11 Hence proved.
Tʹ n = 11 − 2 n = 11 − 2 (16) 43. Let a and d be the first term and common difference of an
= 11 − 32 = − 21 AP.
and nth term of second AP, 1
Then, Tm =
Tʹʹ n = 27 − 3n n
1
= 27 − 3 (16) = 27 − 48 = − 21 ⇒ a + ( m − 1 )d = …(i)
n
Hence, the value of n is 16 and that term i.e. nth term is –21.
1
41. Let the first term, common difference and number of terms and Tn =
m
of an AP are a, d and n, respectively.
1
We know that, if last term of an AP is known, then ⇒ a + ( n − 1 )d = …(ii)
m
l = a + ( n − 1) d ...(i)
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 43
Subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we get Now, sum of AP series is
1 1 n
[( m − 1) − ( n − 1)]d = − S n = [2 a + ( n − 1 ) d ]
n m 2
m −n 1 ⎛ x + 2⎞ ⎡ ⎛x+2 ⎞ ⎤
⇒ ( m − n )d = = ⎜ ⎟ 2 ×1 + ⎜ − 1⎟ 3⎥
mn 2 ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎢⎣ ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎦
1
⇒ d= x+2
mn = [2 + x − 1 ]
6
1
Put d = in Eq (i), we get x+2
mn ⇒ 287 = × ( x + 1)
1 1 6
a + ( m − 1) = 2
⇒ 1722 = x + 3x + 2
mn n
1 1 1 ⇒ x 2 + 3x − 1720 = 0
⇒ a= − ( m − 1) =
n mn mn ⇒ x 2 + ( 43 − 40)x − 1720 = 0 [splitting middle term]
∴ a mn = a + ( mn − 1)d 2
⇒ x + 43x − 40x − 1720 = 0
1 1
= + ( mn − 1) × ⇒ x ( x + 43) − 40( x + 43) = 0
mn mn
⇒ ( x − 40) ( x + 43) = 0
1 mn
= [1 + mn − 1] = =1 ⇒ x = 40, − 43
mn mn
But x = − 43 is not possible, because it is an increasing AP.
44. Given first term of an AP, a = 54
Hence, required value of x is 40.
Common difference, d = − 3
46. Given, equation is 1 + 5 + 9 + 13 + K + x = 1326
and nth term of an AP,
Here, first term is a1 = 1
an = 0
last term is a n = l = x
⇒ a + ( n − 1 )d = 0
Difference of two consecutive terms,
⇒ 54 + ( n − 1)( −3) = 0
5 − 1 = 4 and 9 − 5 = 4, which is same.
⇒ 54 − 3n + 3 = 0
Thus, given series is an AP.
⇒ 3n = 57
Then, nth term of given AP is
57
⇒ n= a n = a + ( n − 1 )d
3
∴ x = 1 + ( n − 1 )4
⇒ n = 19
⇒ ( n − 1) 4 = x − 1
Now, sum of first 19 terms of given AP is x −1
n ⇒ n −1=
S n = [ 2 a + ( n − 1 )d ] 4
2 x −1
19 ⇒ n= +1
∴ S19 = [2 × 54 + (19 − 1)( −3)] 4
2 x+3
19 ⇒ n=
= [108 − 54] 4
2 Now, sum of given AP is
= 513 n
S n = [ 2 a + ( n − 1 )d ]
45. Given equation is 1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + .... + x = 287 2
Consider series, 1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + .... + x x+ 3⎡ x+3 ⎤
∴ 1326 = 2 ×1+ ×4
Here, a1 = 1, a 2 = 4, a 3 = 7 4 × 2 ⎢⎣ 4 ⎥⎦
Now, a 2 − a1 = 4 − 1 = 3 ⇒ 1326 × 8 = ( x + 3) [2 + x + 3]
a3 − a2 = 7 − 4 = 3 ⇒ 10608 = ( x + 3) ( x + 5)
It implies that common difference is constant say 3. So, it is ⇒ x 2 + 8x + 15 − 10608 = 0
an AP series, whose first term is a = 1 and common ⇒ x 2 + 8x − 10593 = 0
difference d = 3. 2
Here, last term of an AP is l = x ⇒ x + (107 − 99)x − 10593 = 0
Q l = a + ( n − 1) d [by splitting middle term]
∴ x = 1 + ( n − 1) × 3 ⇒ x 2 + 107 x − 99x − 10593 = 0
⇒ x = 1 + 3n − 3 ⇒ x( x + 107 ) − 99( x + 107 ) = 0
⇒ x = 3n − 2 ⇒ ( x − 99) ( x + 107 ) = 0
x+2 ⇒ x = 99, − 107
⇒ n=
3
44 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
⇒ 4a 2 + (14 − 2 )ad − 7 d2 = 0 1 2
55. Given AP is 20, 19 , 18 ,... .
[by splitting middle term] 3 3
⇒ 4a 2 + 14ad − 2 ad − 7 d2 = 0 1 58 58 − 60 −2
Here, a = 20 and d = 19 − 20 = − 20 = =
3 3 3 3
⇒ 2 a(2 a + 7 d) − d(2 a + 7 d) = 0
⇒ (2 a + 7 d ) (2 a − d ) = 0 Let n terms of given AP be required to get sum 300.
7d d n
⇒ a=− and a = …(ii) We know that, Sn = [2 a + ( n − 1)d]
2 2 2
7d n ⎡ ⎛ −2 ⎞ ⎤
Put a = − in Eq. (i), we get ⇒ 300 = ⎢2(20) + ( n − 1)⎜ ⎟ ⎥
2 2 ⎣ ⎝ 3 ⎠⎦
7 d 16 − 3d [Qa = 20 and d = − 2 / 3]
− =
2 2 ⎡ 2 2⎤
⇒ 600 = n 40 − n +
⇒ −7 d = 16 − 3d ⎢⎣ 3 3 ⎥⎦
⇒ 4d = − 16 ⇒ d = − 4 1
d ⇒ 600 = [120n − 2 n 2 + 2 n ]
Now, put a = in Eq. (i), we get 3
2 ⇒ 600 × 3 = 122 n − 2 n 2
d 16 − 3d
= ⇒ 1800 + 2 n 2 − 122 n = 0
2 2
⇒ d = 16 − 3d ⇒ 2 [ n 2 − 61n + 900 ] = 0
⇒ 4d = 16 ⇒ d = 4 ⇒ n 2 − 61n + 900 = 0 [divide by 2]
7d ⇒ 2
n − 36n − 25n + 900 = 0
For a = − and d = − 4, then
2
⇒ n ( n − 36) − 25( n − 36) = 0
7 × ( − 4)
a=− = 14 ⇒ ( n − 36)( n − 25) = 0 ⇒ n = 36 or 25
2
d 4 Since, a is positive and d is negative, so both values of n
For a = and d = 4, then a = = 2 are possible.
2 2
Hence, sum of 25 terms of given AP
Therefore, the four consecutive numbers in an AP are
= Sum of 36 terms of given AP = 300.
14, [14 + ( −4)] , [14 + (2 × − 4)] , [14 + ( 3 × − 4)]
56. (i) Now, she takes ` 1 on day 1, ` 2 on day 2, ` 3 on day 3
or 2 , (2 + 4), (2 + 2 × 4), (2 + 3 × 4). and so on till the end of the month, from this money.
Hence, the numbers are 14, 10, 6, 2 or 2, 6, 10, 14. i.e. 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + ... + 31.
54. Given that, the AP is a , b , c. which form an AP in which terms are 31 and first term
Here, first term = a, common difference = b − a ( a ) = 1, common difference ( d) = 2 − 1 = 1
and last term, l = a n = c ∴ Sum of first 31 terms = S31
Q an = l = a + (n − 1) d Sum of n terms,
⇒ c = a + ( n − 1) ( b − a ) n
c−a S n = [2 a + ( n − 1 ) d ]
⇒ (n − 1) = 2
b−a 31
∴ S31 = [2 × 1 + ( 31 − 1) × 1]
c−a 2
⇒ n= +1
b−a 31 31 × 32
= (2 + 30) = = 31 × 16 = 496
c − a + b − a c + b − 2a 2 2
⇒ n= = …(i)
b−a b−a So, Kanika takes ` 496 till the end of the month from this
money.
∴ Sum of an AP,
n (ii) Let her pocket money be ` x.
Sn = [2 a + ( n − 1 ) d ] Now, she spent ` 204 of her pocket money and found that
2
at the end of the month she still has ` 100 with her.
(b + c − 2a) ⎡ ⎧b + c − 2a ⎫ ⎤
Now, according to the condition,
= ⎢2a + ⎨ − 1 ⎬ ( b − a )⎥
2 (b − a) ⎣ ⎩ b−a ⎭ ⎦ ( x − 496) − 204 = 100
⎡
(b + c − 2a) c−a ⎤ ⇒ x − 700 = 100
=
2 (b − a)⎢2 a + b − a ⋅ ( b − a )⎥ ∴ x = ` 800
⎣ ⎦
Hence, ` 800 was her pocket money for the month.
( b + c − 2a)
= (2 a + c − a ) (iii) Here, a = 1, d = 1, n = 13
2 (b − a)
Now, a n = a + ( n − 1) d
(b + c − 2a)
= ⋅ ( a + c) Hence proved. ⇒ a 13 = 1 + 12(1) = 1 + 12 = 13
2( b − a )
So, Kanika, saved ` 13 till January 13th, 2008.
Chapter Test
Multiple Choice Questions (iv) Total amount paid in 13th and 17th
installment is
1. The list of numbers − 10, − 6, − 2, 2, ... is (a) ` 380
[NCERT Exemplar] (b) ` 300
(a) an AP with d = − 16 (b) an AP with d = 4 (c) ` 360
(c) an AP with d = − 4 (d) not an AP (d) ` 340
2. In an AP, if a = 3.5, d = 0 and n = 101, then an will be (v) If he increases the installment by ` 6 every
month, then the amount he will pay in
(a) 0 (b) 3.5 53th installment is
(c) 103.5 (d) 104.5 (a) ` 314 (b) ` 360
(c) ` 412 (d) ` 416
3. Is an sequence defined by an = 2n2 + 1 forms an
Short Answer Type Questions
AP?
(a) Yes 7. Two AP’s have the same common difference.
(b) Not The first term of one AP is 2 and that of the
(c) Cannot be determined other is 7.
(d) None of the above
The difference between their 10th terms is the
4. The sum of first 20 terms of an AP in which same as the difference between their 21st
a = 1 and 20th term = 58 is terms, which is the same as the difference
(a) 590 (b) 580 between any two corresponding terms?
[NCERT Why?
Exemplar]
(c) 570 (d) 560
8. Determine the AP whose fifth term is 19 and
5. The 10th term of an AP is 52 and 16th term is 82, the difference of the eighth term from the
then 32nd term of the AP is [NCERT Exemplar] thirteenth term is 20.
(a) 152 (b) 159
(c) 162 (d) 156 9. Find the sum of all the 11 terms of an AP
whose middle most term is 30.
Case Based MCQs
Long Answer Type Questions
6. Kartik starts repaying a loan as first installment
of 10. An AP consists of 37 terms. The sum of the
` 100. He increases the installment by ` 5 every three middle most terms is 225 and the sum
month. of the last three terms is 429. Find the AP.
(i) AP formed from the given situation is 11. If sum of first 6 terms of an AP is 36 and that
(a) 105, 110, 115, ...... (b) 100, 105, 110, ...... of the first 16 terms is 256, then find the sum
(c) 95, 100, 105, ...... (d) 110, 115, 120, ...... of first 10 terms.
(ii) The amount Kartik will pay in 30th 12. Which term of the AP : 121, 117, 113, ... is its
installment is second negative term?
(a) ` 265 (b) ` 235
(c) ` 255 (d) ` 245 13. The sum of the third and the seventh terms of
(iii) If Kartik pays ` 795, then it is an AP is 6 and their product is 8. Find the sum
(a) 140th installment of first sixteen terms of the AP.
(b) 150th installment
14. Solve the equation −4 + (−1) + 2 + ..... + x = 437.
(c) 160th installment
(d) 170th installment
Answers
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (i) (b) (ii) (d) (iii) (a) (iv) (d) (v) (c) For Detailed Solutions
7. (37) 8. 3, 7, 11, 15 9. 330 10. 3, 7, 11, 15 Scan the code
11. 100 12. 33rd term 13. 20 or 76 14. x = 50
48 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
CHAPTER 03
Circles
In this Chapter...
! Circle
! Tangent of a Circle
! Theorem Related to Tangent of a Circle
Circumference
B A
O The length of the complete circle is called the
circumference of the circle.
Two or more circles having the same centre are called concentric Arc
circles. A continuous piece of a circle is called an arc. In
adjoining figure, P and Q are two points on a circle
Some Important Terms Related to Circle which divide it into two parts, called the arcs. The
Chord larger part is called the major arc QRP and the smaller
part is called the minor arc PMQ.
A line segment joining any two points on the circumference of the
R
circle is called a chord of the circle. If this chord passes through the
centre, then this chord (or diamter) is the longest chord of the circle. Major arc
O
P Q
Minor arc
A B
M
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 49
A B
O
Minor segment
A B (Tangent line)
P
Sector (Point of contact)
The region between an arc and the two radii, joining the ends
of the arc to the centre, is called a sector. Length of a Tangent
The length of the segment of the tangent, between the given
Major sector point (on the tangent) and the point of contact, is called the
O
length of tangent from the given point.
Minor
A sector B O
(iii) If a point P lies inside the circle, then there is no Important Results Related to Tangent to a Circle
tangent to a circle passing through a point lying
(i) If two circles touch internally or externally, then point of
inside the circle.
contact lies on the straight line through the two centres.
No Tangent
P O Oʹ
O Oʹ P
P
A B
P
B
O
Here, P is exterior point and PA and PB are tangents.
A B
∴ PA = PB
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 51
Solved Examples
Example 1. Prove that a tangent to a circle is From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
perpendicular to the radius through the point of TP = TQ
contact. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)] Hence, T is the mid-point of the line segment PQ.
Sol. Given A circle with centre O and a tangent AB at a point
P on the circle.
Example 3. In figure, PQ is tangent to the circle with
To prove OP ⊥ AB centre O, at the point B. If ∠AOB = 100°, then find
Construction Take any point Q, other than P on the tangent ∠ABP. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
AB and join OQ.
O
A 10
0°
O
Q
B
R
P
A P Q B
Sol. Given, ∠AOB = 100° ,
Proof Here, Q is a point on the tangent AB, other than the
point of contact P. So, Q lies outside the circle (if Q lies
inside the circle, then AB becomes a secant and not a A
tangent to the circle). 100°
O
Let OQ intersects the circle at R .
Then, OP = OR [radii of the circle] B
Now, OQ = OR + RQ P Q
⇒ OQ > OR
In ΔOAB,
⇒ OQ > OP or OP < OQ [Q OP = OR ]
OA = OB [radii of the circle]
Thus, OP is shorter than any other segment joining O to any
point of AB. Also, we know that the shortest distance ⇒ ∠OBA = ∠OAB
between a point and a line is perpendicular distance from [angles opposite to equal sides are equal] …(i)
the point to the line. In ΔOAB,
So, OP is perpendicular to AB. ∠AOB + ∠OAB + ∠OBA = 180°
i.e. OP ⊥ AB Hence proved. [by angle sum property of triangle]
⇒ 100° + ∠OBA + ∠OBA = 180° [from Eq. (i)]
Example 2. In given figure, two circles touch each ⇒ 2 ∠OBA = 180° − 100°
other at the point C. Prove that the common 80°
tangent to the circles at C, bisects the common ⇒ ∠OBA =
2
tangent at P and Q.
⇒ ∠OBA = 40° …(ii)
P
T Q We know that, radius of circle is perpendicular to the
tangent.
A C B ∴ ∠OBP = 90° ⇒ ∠OBA + ∠ABP = 90°
⇒ 40° + ∠ABP = 90°
⇒ ∠ABP = 90° − 40° ⇒ ∠ABP = 50°
Sol. We know that, tangents drawn from an external point are of Example 4. In below figure, PA is a tangent from
equal length. Therefore, according to the given figure,
an external point P to a circle with centre O.
TP = TC …(i) [Q point T is external]
If ∠POB = 115°, find ∠APO. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
and TQ = TC …(ii) [Q point T is external]
A
P
T Q
P O
A B 115°
C
B
52 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Sol. Given, AP = 12 cm ∴ AC = AR + RC
⇒ AQ = AP = 12 cm ⇒ 11 = 4 + RC
A ⇒ RC = 11 − 4 = 7 cm
Now, BC = BQ + QC
= 3 + 7 = 10 cm
D
B C Hence, length of BC is 10 cm.
P Q Example 9. In the given figure, from an external point
P, two tangents PQ and PR are drawn to a circle of
radius 4 cm with centre O. If ∠QPR = 90°, then
find the length of PQ.
[Q tangents drawn from an external point Q
are equal in lengths]
4 cm
P
Also, BD = BP
[Q B is an external point] …(i) O R
and CD = CQ
[Q C is an external point] …(ii)
Now, AP = AB + BP
⇒ 12 = AB + BD [from Eq. (i)] …(iii) Sol. We know that, if pair of tangents are drawn from an external
point P, then line joining from centre O to the point P,
and AQ = AC + CQ
bisects the angle P.
⇒ 12 = AC + CD [from Eq. (i)] …(iv)
Perimeter of ΔABC Q
= AB + BC + AC 4 cm
= AB + BD + DC + AC 45°
P
= 12 + 12 O
90°
[from Eqs. (iii) and (iv)]
= 24 cm R
Hence, perimeter of a ΔABC is 24 cm.
∠QPR
∴ ∠OPQ =
Example 8. In below figure, ΔABC is circumscribing a 2
circle, the length of BC is …… cm. 90°
= = 45°
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] 2
A
Also, radius of circle OQ is perpendicular to the tangent line
QP.
m
4c
OQ
tan 45° =
cm
P R QP
m
4
3c
⇒ 1=
QP
B Q C
⇒ QP = 4 cm
Sol. We know that, the tangents drawn from an external point to Hence, length of PQ is 4 cm.
a circle are equal. Therefore,
A Example 10. In the given figure, if tangents PA and PB
from an external point P to a circle with centre O,
m
find ∠AOB.
m
7c
P
80º
3c
B 3 cm Q 7 cm C O
BP = BQ , [point B is an external] B
AP = AR [point A is an external]
and CQ = CR [point C is an external]
54 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Sol. Given, ∠APB = 80°. Example 12. In given figure, two tangents TP and TQ
We know that, line drawn from centre of a circle to the are drawn to a circle with centre O from an external
tangent is perpendicular. point T. Prove that ∠PTQ = 2 ∠OPQ.
Since, OA⊥PA and OB⊥PB. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
Then, ∠OAP = ∠OBP = 90° …(i) P
A
P T
80º O
O
Q
B
Sol. Given, TP and TQ are two tangents of a circle with centre O
and points P and Q are point of contact.
To prove ∠ PTQ = 2 ∠OPQ
Since, OAPB is a quadrilateral. Proof Let ∠PTQ = θ
By using angle sum property of a quadrilateral,
As we know that, the length of tangents drawn from an
∠AOB + ∠OBP + ∠APB + ∠OAP = 360° external point to a circle are equal.
⇒ ∠AOB + 90° + 80° + 90° = 360° So, ΔTPQ is an isosceles triangle.
⇒ ∠AOB = 360° − 260° Therefore, according to the given figure,
⇒ ∠AOB = 100° 1 θ
∠TPQ = ∠TQP = (180° − θ ) = 90°−
2 2
Example 11. In given figure, PA and PB are tangents to
As we know that, the tangents at any point of a circle is
the circle with centre O, such that ∠APB = 50°,
perpendicular to the radius through the point of contact.
then the measure of ∠OAB is ...... P
A
T !
P 50° O
O
Q
B
∴ ∠OPT = 90°
Sol. Given, ∠APB = 50° Now, ∠OPQ = ∠OPT − ∠TPQ
A θ ⎞ θ ∠PTQ
⎛
= 90° − ⎜ 90° − ⎟ = =
⎝ 2⎠ 2 2
P 50° O ⇒ ∠PTQ = 2 ∠OPQ Hence proved.
B
Example 13. In figure, a quadrilateral ABCD is drawn
to circumscribe a circle. Prove that
Since, P is an external point of a circle.
AB + CD = BC + AD
Therefore, PA = PB [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
[Q tangents drawn from an external to a circle are equal] A
⇒ ∠PBA = ∠PAB B
[Q angles opposite to equal sides are equal] ...(i)
In ΔAPB,
∠APB + ∠PBA + ∠PAB = 180°
D
[Q sum of all angles of a triangle is 180°] C
∴ 50° + 2 ∠PAB = 180° [from Eq. (i)] Sol. Given A quadrilateral ABCD is circumscribing a circle.
⇒ 2 ∠PAB = 130° To prove AB + CD = AD + BC
⇒ ∠PAB = 65° ...(ii) Proof Let P , Q, R and S be the point of contact.
Also, radius OA is perpendicular to the tangent of a circle. A P
Therefore, B
∠OAP = 90° S
⇒ ∠OAB + ∠PAB = 90° Q
⇒ ∠OAB + 65° = 90° [from Eq. (ii)] D
⇒ ∠OAB = 90° − 65° = 25° R C
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 55
We know that, the length of tangents drawn from an external Now, ∠OPQ = 90° − 60° = 30°
point to a circle are equal. [Q ∠OPT = 90°, as radius line OP is perpendicular
∴ AP = AS to the tangent]
[Q both are tangents to a circle from point A] …(i) ⇒ ∠OQP = 30°
Similarly, BP = BQ, …(ii) [angles opposite to equal sides are equal]
CR = CQ …(iii) In ΔOPQ, using angle sum property of a triangle,
and DR = DS …(iv) ∠POQ + ∠OPQ + ∠OQP = 180°
Adding Eqs. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get ⇒ ∠POQ + 30° + 30° = 180°
( AP + BP ) + ( CR + DR ) = ( AS + BQ) + ( CQ + DS) ⇒ ∠POQ = 180° − 60° = 120°
⇒ AB + CD = ( AS + DS) + (BQ + CQ)
⇒ ∠PQʹ Q = 60°
⇒ AB + CD = AD + BC Hence proved.
[angle subtended by an arc at centre is twice the angle
Example 14. Prove that the tangents at the extremities subtended at remaining part of circle]
of any chord of a circle make equal angles with the ⇒ ∠PRQ = 180°−∠PQʹ Q = 120°
chord. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)] [Q opposite angles are supplementary in a cyclic
quadrilateral PQʹ QR ]
Sol. Let AB be a chord of a circle having centre O. Let AP and
BP be the tangents at A and B, which intersect at point P. Example 16. In given figure, AB is a chord of circle
To prove ∠PAC = ∠PBC with centre O, AOC is diameter and AT is tangent
Construction Join points C and P. at A. Prove that ∠BAT = ∠ACB.
Proof We know that, tangents drawn from an external point C
are equal.
A
O B
O C
P
A T
B Sol. Given AB is a chord of a circle, AOC is a diameter of the
∴ In ΔPCA and ΔPCB, circle having centre O and line AT is tangent at A.
PA = PB, [QP is an external point of a circle] To prove ∠BAT = ∠ACB
∠APC = ∠BPC C
[Q AP and BP are equally inclined to OP]
and PC = PC [common sides] B
O
∴ ΔPAC ~ ΔPBC [by SAS similarity rule]
⇒ ∠PAC = ∠PBC [by CPCT]
A T
Example 15. In given figure, PQ is a chord of a circle
and PT is tangent at P such that ∠QPT = 60°, then Proof We know that, diameter of a circle subtends 90° to the
the measure of ∠PRQ is ....... [CBSE 2020 (Standard)] semi-circle.
∴ ∠ABC = 90°
Q Let ∠ACB = θ,
O then ∠CAB = 180° − ( 90° + θ)
60° [by using angle sum property of triangle]
R
P ⇒ ∠CAB = 90° − θ ...(i)
T We know that, radius of a circle is perpendicular to the
Sol. Take a point Qʹ on circle and join PQʹ and QQʹ. tangent.
∴ ∠OAT = 90°
⇒ ∠OAB + ∠BAT = 90°
Qʹ
Q ⇒ ∠CAB + ∠BAT = 90° [Q ∠OAT = ∠CAT]
O ⇒ 90° − θ + ∠BAT = 90°
⇒ ∠BAT = θ
º R
60 ⇒ ∠BAT = ∠ACB Hence proved.
A P T
56 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Chapter
Practice
PART 1 A
Objective Questions O
115°
!
Multiple Choice Questions B
P
1. If radii of two concentric circles are 4 cm and 5 cm,
then length of each chord of one circle, which is (a) 25° (b) 20° (c) 30° (d) 65°
tangent to the other circle, is [NCERT Exemplar] 8. In figure, AT is a tangent to the circle with centre O
(a) 3 cm (b) 6 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 1 cm such that OT = 4 cm and ∠ OTA = 30° . Then, AT is
2. The length of tangent from an external point P on a equal to [NCERT Exemplar]
circle with centre O is always less than OP.
[NCERT Exemplar]
(a) True (b) False O
(c) Can’t determined (d) None of these
4 cm
3. The length of the tangents to the circle from a point
30°
at any distance of 5 cm from centre of the circle of A T
radius 3 cm is
(a) 2 cm (b) 4 cm (a) 4 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 2 3 cm (d) 4 3 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) None of these 9. PQ is a tangent drawn from a point P to a circle
4. The length of the tangent drawn from a point 8 cm with centre O and QOR is a diameter of the circle
away from the centre of circle of radius 6 cm is such that ∠POR = 135°, then ∠OPQ is
(a) 7 cm (b) 2 7 cm (c) 10 cm (d) 5 cm (a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 30° (d) 90°
5. PQ is a tangent to a circle with centre O at the 10. A tangent PQ at a point P of a circle of radius 6 cm
point P. If ΔOPQ is an isosceles triangle, then meets a line through the centre O at a point Q, so
∠OPQ is equal to that OQ = 14 cm, then length of PQ is
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
(a) 4 10 cm (b) 6 10 cm
6. In figure, if O is the centre of a circle, PQ is a chord (c) 5 10 cm (d) 7 10 cm
and the tangent PR at P makes an angle of 50° with
PQ, then ∠POQ is equal to [NCERT Exemplar] 11. In figure, if PA and PB are tangents to the circle
P R
with centre O such that ∠ APB = 50°, then ∠OAB is
50° equal to [NCERT Exemplar]
A
Q P 50° O
12. If angle between two tangents drawn from a point P (a) 41 cm (b) 41 cm
to a circle of radius a and centre O is 90°, then (c) 40 cm (d) 40 cm
OP = a 2. [NCERT Exemplar] 18. PA is a tangent to the circle with centre O.
(a) True (b) False If BC = 3 cm, AC = 4 cm and ΔACB ~ΔPAO, then
(c) Can’t say (d) Partially true or false OA is equal to [CBSE 2013]
B
13. In the given figure, find the value of x°.
A C
O
x°
30°
B
O
A P
(a) 130° (b) 75° (c) 120° (d) 60° (a) 2.7 cm (b) 5 cm
5
14. From the given figure, find the value of x ° + y°. (c) 5 cm (d) cm
2
P
19. In the given figure, if ∠ACB = 50°, then ∠ATO is
A
x° y°
O Q R
C
O T
R
O B 60°
A P T
(a) 120° (b) 160° (c) 130° (d) 150°
A T 21. In figure, if PQR is the tangent to a circle at Q,
(a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 50° (d) 55° whose centre is O, AB is a chord parallel to PR and
17. In the adjoining figure, AD = 8 cm, AC = 6 cm and ∠BQR = 70°, then ∠AQB is equal to
TB is the tangent at B to the circle with centre O. [NCERT Exemplar]
If BT is 4 cm, then OT = [CBSE 2013] A D B
A
C D
O
70°
P Q R
22. From an external point P, tangents PA and PB are 28. In figure, if ∠AOB = 125°, then ∠COD is equal to
drawn to a circle with centre O. If CD is the [NCERT Exemplar]
tangent to the circle at a point E and PA = 14 cm, A
then perimeter of ΔPCD is
B
(a) 14 cm (b) 21 cm (c) 28 cm (d) 35 cm
125°
23. Tangents AP and AQ are drawn to circle with
O
centre O from an external point A, then ∠PAQ is
equal to
∠OPQ ∠OPQ ∠OPQ C
(a) 2∠OPQ (b) (c) (d) D
2 3 4
(a) 62.5° (b) 45°
24. In the given figure, two tangents AB andAC are (c) 35° (d) 55°
drawn to a circle with centre O such that
∠BAC = 120°, then OA is equal to !
Case Based MCQs
O
29. A playground is in the shape of a triangle with right
angle at B , AB = 3 m and BC = 4 m. A pit was dig
inside it such that it touches the walls AC , BC and
B C AB at P , Q and R, respectively such that AP = x m.
120°
A
(a) 2AB (b) 3AB (c) 4AB (d) 5AB A
25. In the given figure, O is the centre of a circle, BOA
is its diameter and the tangent at the point P meets
BA extended at T. If ∠PBO = 30°, then ∠PTA = P
r
[CBSE 2016]
P R
O
30° B C
B O T Q
A
(a) 40° (b) 50° (c) 30° (d) 20° Based on the above information, answer the
26. In adjoining figure, PQ and PR are tangents to the following questions.
circle with centre O and S is a point on the circle (i) The value of AR =
such that ∠SQL = 50° and ∠SRM = 60°. Then, (a) 2x m (b) x / 2 m
∠QSR [NCERT Exemplar] (c) x m (d) 3x m
L
(ii) The value of BQ =
50° Q
(a) 2x m (b) ( 3 − x ) m
(c) (2 − x ) m (d) 4x m
S O P
(iii) The value of CQ =
60° R
(a) ( 4 + x ) m (b) ( 5 − x ) m
M (c) (1 + x ) m (d) Both (b) and (c)
(a) 40° (b) 50° (c) 60° (d) 70° (iv) Which of the following is correct?
(a) Quadrilateral AROP is a square
27. In given figure, AB is diameter of a circle with
(b) Quadrilateral BROQ is a square
centre O and AT is tangent. If ∠AOQ = 58 ° , then
(c) Quadrilateral CQOP is a square
∠ATQ = [CBSE 2015]
B
(d) None of the above
(v) Radius of the pit is
(a) 1 m (b) 3 m
O
Q (c) 4 m (d) 5 m
58°
30. A student draws two circles that touch each other
A T externally at point K with centres A and B and radii
(a) 52° (b) 58° (c) 61° (d) 62° 6 cm and 4 cm, respectively as shown in the figure.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 59
!
Short Answer Type Questions
1. If PQ is a tangent to a circle with centre O and radius
6 cm such that ∠PQO = 60°, then find the length of a C D
tangent PQ and a line OQ.
12. In figure, common tangents AB and CD to two
2. The tangent to the circumcircle of an isosceles ΔABC circles intersect at E. Prove that AB = CD.
at A, in which AB = AC, is parallel to BC. [NCERT Exemplar]
[NCERT Exemplar] A
D
3. If AB is a chord of a circle with centre O, AOC is a
diameter and AT is the tangent at A as shown in
figure. Prove that ∠ BAT = ∠ ACB. [NCERT Exemplar] E
C
B
C
O B
13. If PA and PB are two tangents drawn from a point
P to a circle with centre O touching it at A and B,
prove that OP is perpendicular bisector of AB.
[CBSE 2008]
A T
14. Tangents AP and AQ are drawn to circle with
4. Prove that a diameter AB of a circle bisects all
centre O from an external point A. Prove that
those chords, which are parallel to the tangent at
∠PAQ = 2 ∠OPQ. [CBSE 2013, 12,11, 09]
the point A. [NCERT Exemplar]
60 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
15. In the given figure, ∠ADC = 90°, BC = 38 cm, 21. If a hexagon ABCDEF circumscribe a circle,
CD = 28 cm and BP = 25 cm, then find the radius of prove that
the circle. [CBSE 2011] AB + CD + EF = BC + DE + FA [NCERT Exemplar]
B 22. In the given figure, AD is a diameter of a circle with
Q
centre O and AB is a tangent at A. C is a point on the
C
circle such that DC produced intersects the
O
tangent at B and ∠ABD = 50°. Find ∠COA. [CBSE 2015]
R
P D
D A
S O C
60°
Q P
F D M
B
C B
E 25. Two circles with centres O and Oʹ of radii 3 cm and
4 cm, respectively intersect at two points P and Q,
!
Long Answer Type Questions such that OP and O ʹ P are tangents to the two
circles. Find the length of the common chord PQ.
19. Let s denotes the semi-perimeter of a ΔABC, in [NCERT Exemplar]
which BC = a, CA = b and AB = c. If a circle touches
26. If an isosceles ΔABC in which AB = AC = 6 cm, is
the sides BC , CA , AB at D , E, F , respectively. Prove
that BD = s − b. [NCERT Exemplar] inscribed in a circle of radius 9 cm, find the area of
the triangle.
20. AC and AD are tangents at C and D, respectively.
If ∠BCD = 44° , then find∠CAD , ∠ADC , ∠CBD 27. In a figure, the common tangents AB and CD of
and ∠ACD. two circles with centres O and Oʹ intersect at E.
C Prove that the points O , E and O ʹ are collinear.
A [NCERT Exemplar]
44° A
D
O
D O Oʹ
E
C B
B
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 61
28. In figure, O is the centre of a circle of radius 5 cm, (ii) A circle of radius 3 cm is inscribed in a right
T is a point such that OT = 13 and OT intersects the angled ΔBAC such that BD = 9 cm and DC = 3 cm.
circle at E, if AB is the tangent to the circle at E, Find the length of AB.
find the length of AB. [NCERT Exemplar] A
P
A
F
O T
E
R O E
B
Q
B D C
(a) 6 cm (b) 12 cm
!
Case Based Questions (c) 15 cm (d) 10 cm
29. Dheeraj loves geometry. So, he was curious to know (iii) In the given figure, what is the length of CD?
more about the concepts of circles. His grand father A 4 cm 2 cm
is a mathematicians. So, he reached to his grand B
P
father to learn something interesting about tangents
and circles. His grand father gave him knowledge 5 cm
10 cm
on circles and tangents and ask him to solve the S Q
following questions. R
C
D
(a) 11 cm (b) 9 cm
(c) 7 cm (d) 13 cm
(iv) If PA and PB are two tangents to a circle with
centre O from an external point P such that
∠OPB = 50 °, then find ∠BPA
(a) 60° (b) 50°
(c) 120° (d) 100°
(v) In the given figure, P is an external point from,
(i) In the given figure, AP , AQ and BC are tangents to which tangents are drawn to two externally
the circle such that AB = 7 cm, BC = 4 cm and touching circles. If PA = 11 cm, then find PC.
AC = 9 cm. Find AP P
A
D
B C
A
P Q B C
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions 4. (b) Since, tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the radius
1. (b) Let O be the centre of two concentric circles C1 and C 2, through the point of contact.
whose radii are r1 = 4 cm and r2 = 5 cm . Now, we draw a ∴ ∠OTP = 90°
chord AC of circle C 2, which touches the circle C1 at B.
Also, join OB, which is perpendicular to AC. T
[Q tangent at any point of circle is perpendicular to radius
6 cm
through the point of contact]
P 8 cm O
C2
C1
O
In ΔOTP, we have
A C OP 2 = OT 2 + PT 2
B
⇒ ( 8)2 = ( 6)2 + PT 2
⇒ PT 2 = 64 − 36 = 28
Now, in right angled ΔOBC, by using Pythagoras theorem,
⇒ PT = 28 = 2 7 cm
OC 2 = BC 2 + BO 2
5. (b) Since, PQ is a tangent to a circle from a point P and
[Q(hypotenuse) 2 = (base) 2 + (perpendicular) 2]
centre of circle is O.
⇒ 5 2 = BC 2 + 4 2 ∴ ΔOPQ is an isosceles triangle.
⇒ BC 2 = 25 − 16 = 9 Q
⇒ BC = 3 cm
∴ Length of chord AC = 2 BC
P O
= 2 × 3 = 6 cm
2. (a)
∠OQP = 90°
O
OP = QP
P ∴ ∠POQ = ∠OPQ
In ΔOPQ,
T ∠POQ + ∠OQP + ∠OPQ = 180°
PT is a tangent drawn from external point P. Join OT. ⇒ 2 ∠OPQ = 180° − 90° [Q ∠POQ = ∠OPQ]
Q OT ⊥ PT ⇒ 2 ∠OPQ = 90° ⇒ ∠OPQ = 45°
So, ΔOPT is a right angled triangle formed. 6. (a) Given, ∠ QPR = 50°
In right angled triangle, hypotenuse is always greater than We know that, the tangent at any point of a circle is
any of the two sides of the triangle. perpendicular to the radius through the point of contact.
∴ OP > PT ∴ ∠OPR = 90°
or PT < OP ⇒ ∠OPQ + ∠QPR = 90° [from figure]
3. (b) Given, OB = 5 cm and radius OA = 3 cm ⇒ ∠OPQ = 90° − 50° = 40° [Q ∠QPR = 50°]
By Pythagoras theorem, in right angled ΔOAB, Now, OP = OQ = Radius of circle
∴ ∠OQP = ∠ OPQ = 40°
O [since, angles opposite to equal sides are equal]
In Δ OPQ, ∠ O + ∠ P + ∠ Q = 180°
5 3
[since, sum of all angles of a triangle = 180°]
B
A ⇒ ∠ O = 180° − ( 40° + 40° ) [Q ∠P = 40° = ∠Q]
= 180° − 80° = 100°
OB 2 = OA 2 + AB 2
7. (a) Here, ∠OAP = 90° [Q tangent at any point of a circle is
AB 2 = ( 5)2 − ( 3)2 [Q OB = 5, AB = 3]
perpendicular to the radius]
AB 2 = 25 − 9 Now, ∠AOP + ∠BOP = 180°
AB 2 = 16 ⇒ ∠AOP + 115° = 180°
AB = 4 cm ⇒ ∠AOP = (180° − 115° ) = 65°
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 63
15. (d) First, draw a circle of radius 5 cm having centre O. 18. (d) In ΔACB,
A tangent XY is drawn at point A. ∠BCA = 90° [angle in a semi-circle]
C ∴ AB 2 = AC 2 + BC 2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
B ⇒ AB 2 = 42 + 32
5 cm
X E ⇒ AB 2 = 16 + 9 cm
cm ⇒ AB 2 = 25 cm
cm O 3 D
5 ⇒ AB = 5 cm
cm 5
A 8
⇒ OA = cm
2
19. (c) ∠OAT = 90° [Q angle between radius and tangent]
Y
Now, ∠BOA = 100° [angle subtended by an arc at
A chord CD is drawn, which is parallel to XY and at a centre is twice the angle
distance of 8 cm from A. subtended at remaining part of circle]
Also, AE = 8 cm. Join OC ⇒ ∠ATO = 180° − ( ∠TOA + ∠OAT )
Now, in right angled ΔOEC, [angles property of a triangle]
OC 2 = OE 2 + EC 2 = 180° − ( 50° + 90° )
⇒ EC 2 = OC 2 − OE 2 = 180° − 140° = 40°
20. (a) Take a point Qʹ on circle and join PQʹ and QQʹ.
[by Pythagoras theorem]
= 52 − 32
Qʹ
[Q OC = radius = 5 cm, OE = AE − AO = 8 − 5 = 3 cm]
Q
= 25 − 9 = 16 O
⇒ EC = 4 cm
Hence, length of chord CD = 2 CE 60
º R
= 2 × 4 = 8 cm
A P T
[since, perpendicular from centre to the
chord bisects the chord] Now, ∠OPQ = 90°−60° = 30° [Q ∠OPT = 90°]
16. (c) In figure, AOC is a diameter of the circle. We know that, ⇒ ∠OQP = 30° [angles opposite to equal
diameter subtends an angle 90° at the circle. sides are equal]
So, ∠ ABC = 90° ⇒ ∠POQ = 120°
In ΔACB, ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180° [angle sum property of a triangle]
⇒ ∠PQʹ Q = 60°
[since, sum of all angles of a triangle is 180°]
[angle subtended by an arc at centre is twice the angle
⇒ ∠ A + 90° + 50° = 180°
subtended at remaining part of circle]
⇒ ∠A + 140 = 180
⇒ ∠PRQ = 120° [Q opposite angles
⇒ ∠ A = 180° − 140° = 40° are
∠A or ∠OAB = 40° supplementary in a cyclic quadrilateral PQQʹ R ]
Now, AT is the tangent to the circle at point A. So, OA is 21. (b) Given, AB ||PR
perpendicular to AT.
A D B
∴ ∠ OAT = 90° [from figure]
⇒ ∠ OAB + ∠ BAT = 90°
On putting ∠OAB = 40°, we get O
⇒ ∠ BAT = 90° − 40° = 50°
Hence, the value of ∠BAT is 50°.
70°
17. (b) Clearly, ∠CAD = 90° [angle in a semi-circle]
P Q R
So, in ΔACD, CD 2 = AC 2 + AD 2 = 36 + 64 = 100
∴ ∠ ABQ = ∠ BQR = 70° [alternate angles]
[by Pythagoras theorem]
Also, QD is perpendicular to AB and QD bisects AB.
⇒ CD = 10 cm
In ΔQDA and ΔQDB,
Therefore, OC = OD = OB = 5 cm [Q radius of a circle]
∠QDA = ∠QDB [each 90°]
Since, ∠OBT = 90°
AD = BD
[angle between radius and tangent]
QD = QD [common side]
So, in ΔOBT, OT 2 = OB 2 + BT 2
∴ Δ ADQ ~ Δ BDQ
= 25 + 16 = 41 [by Pythagoras theorem]
[by SAS similarity criterion]
⇒ OT = 41 cm
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 65
A 3 6 ⎡ 3⎤
⇒
2
=
OQ ⎢Q sin 60°= 2 ⎥
⎣ ⎦
2×6 3
P ⇒ OQ = × [rationalising]
r 3 3
R O ⇒ OQ = 4 3 cm
Hence, length of a tangent PQ is 2 3 cm and a line OQ
B C is 4 3 cm.
Q
2. Let EAF be tangent to the circumcircle of ΔABC.
Also, OQ ⊥ BQ and OR ⊥ BR A
E F
∴ BROQ is a square.
(v) (a) Radius of the pit, OR = BR = 1 m
30. Here, AS = 6 cm, BT = 4 cm [Q radii of circles]
(i) (c) Since, radius at point of contact is perpendicular to
tangent.
B C
∴ By Pythagoras theorem, we have
PA = PS2 + AS2
To prove EAF ||BC
= 82 + 62 ∠EAB = ∠ABC
= 64 + 36 Here, AB = AC
= 100 = 10 cm ⇒ ∠ACB = ∠ABC …(i)
(ii) (b) Again, by Pythagoras theorem, we have [angle between tangent and its chord equal to angle made by
chord in the alternate segment]
BQ = TQ2 + BT 2 = 32 + 42
∴ Also, ∠ EAB = ∠ BCA …(ii)
= 9 + 16 = 25 = 5 cm From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
(iii) (c) PK = PA + AK = 10 + 6 = 16 cm ∠ EAB = ∠ ABC
(iv) (c) QY = BQ − BY = 5 − 4 = 1 cm ⇒ EAF ||BC
(v) (b) If two circles touch externally, then the number of 3. Since, AC is a diameter line, so angle in semi-circle makes
common tangents can be drawn is 2. an angle 90°.
∴ ∠ ABC = 90°
Subjective Questions
In Δ ABC, ∠ CAB + ∠ ABC + ∠ ACB = 180°
1. Given, PQ is a tangent, OP = 6 cm and ∠PQO = 60° [Q sum of all interior angles of any triangle is 180°]
We know that, tangent at any point of a circle is ⇒ ∠ CAB + ∠ ACB = 180° − 90° = 90° …(i)
perpendicular to the radius through the point of contact.
Since, diameter of a circle is perpendicular to the tangent.
∴ OP ⊥ PQ
i.e. CA ⊥ AT
∴ ∠ CAT = 90°
⇒ ∠ CAB + ∠ BAT = 90° …(ii)
O From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
∠ CAB + ∠ ACB = ∠ CAB + ∠ BAT
⇒ ∠ ACB = ∠ BAT Hence proved.
60°
Q 4. Given, AB is a diameter of the circle.
P
A tangent is drawn from point A. Draw a chord CD parallel
Now, in right angled ΔOPQ, to the tangent MAN.
OP ⎡ perpendicular ⎤ M C
tan 60° = Q tan θ =
PQ ⎢⎣ base ⎥⎦
6
⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3] O
PQ A B
E
6 3
⇒ PQ = × [rationalising]
3 3
N D
OP
⇒ PQ = 2 3 cm and sin 60° = So, CD is a chord of the circle and OA is a radius of the circle.
OQ
∠ MAO = 90°
⎡ perpendicular ⎤
⎢Q sin θ = hypotenuse ⎥ [tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius
⎣ ⎦ through the point of contact]
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 67
S4
C4 S3
C3 S2 C
C2 S1
C1 i.e. ∠ AOB = 60°
As, OA = OB = Radius of the circle
P Q
A ∴ ∠ OAB = ∠ OBA = 60°
To prove Centres of these circles lie on the perpendicular The tangent at points A and B is drawn, which intersects
bisector of PQ. at C.
Now, joining each centre of the circles to the point A on the We know, OA ⊥ AC and OB ⊥ BC.
line segment PQ by a line segment, i.e. ∴ ∠ OAC = 90° and ∠OBC = 90°
C1A , C 2A , C 3A , C 4A ,... so on.
⇒ ∠ OAB + ∠ BAC = 90°
We know that, if we draw a line from the centre of a circle to
and ∠ OBA + ∠ABC = 90°
its tangent line, then the line is always perpendicular to the
tangent line. But it not bisect the line segment PQ. ⇒ ∠ BAC = 90° − 60° = 30°
So, C1A ⊥ PQ [for S1] and ∠ ABC = 90° − 60° = 30°
C 2A ⊥ PQ [for S2] In Δ ABC, ∠ BAC + ∠ CBA + ∠ ACB = 180°
C 3A ⊥ PQ [for S3] [since, sum of all interior angles of a triangle is 180°]
C 4A ⊥ PQ [for S4] ⇒ ∠ ACB = 180° − ( 30° + 30° ) = 120°
... so on. 8. Two tangents PA and PB are drawn to a circle with centre O
Since, each circle is passing through a point A. Therefore, all from an external point P.
the line segments C1A , C 2A , C 3A , C 4A,..., so on are coincident. A
C
So, centre of each circle lies on the perpendicular line of PQ
but they do not lie on the perpendicular bisector of PQ. E
O P
Hence, a number of circles touch a given line segment PQ at
a point A, then their centres lie. D
6. Let C1 and C 2 be the two circles having same centre O. AC is B
a chord which touches the C1 at point D. Perimeter of ΔPCD = PC + CD + PD
C2
= PC + CE + ED + PD
C1 = PC + CA + DB + PD
[Q CE = CA, DE = DB]
O = PA + PB
= 2PA = 2(10) [PA = PB tangents from
external point to a circle are equal]
= 20 cm
A D C
Join OD. 9. Given Two tangents PQ and PR are drawn from an external
Also, OD ⊥ AC point P to a circle with centre O.
∴ AD = DC = 4 cm R
[perpendicular line OD bisects the chord]
In right angled ΔAOD, O P
OA 2 = AD 2 + DO2 [by Pythagoras theorem,
i.e. (hypotenuse)2 =(base)2 +(perpendicular)2] Q
68 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
To prove Centre of a circle touching two intersecting lines Also, ∠ OAB + ∠ OCD = 180°
lies on the angle bisector of the lines. ∴ AB||CD
In ∠RPQ.
Similarly, BD is a straight line.
Construction Join OR and OQ. and ∠ Oʹ BA = ∠ Oʹ DC = 90°
In ΔPOR and ΔPOQ, Also, AC = BD [radii of two circles are equal]
∠ PRO = ∠ PQO = 90° In quadrilateral ABCD,
[tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular ∠ A = ∠ B = ∠ C = ∠ D = 90°
to the radius through the point of contact] and AC = BD
OR = OQ [radii of same circle] ABCD is a rectangle
Since, OP is common. Hence, AB = CD
∴ Δ PRO ≅ Δ PQO [by RHS] [opposite sides of rectangle are equal]
Hence, ∠ RPO = ∠ QPO [by CPCT] 12. Given Common tangents AB and CD of two circles
Thus, O lies on angle bisecter of PR and PQ. Hence proved. intersecting at E.
10. Two tangents BD and BC are drawn from an external point B. To prove AB = CD
C A
D
B 120°
O
E
D B
C
To prove BO = 2BC Proof EA = EC ...(i)
Given, ∠ DBC = 120° [the lengths of tangents drawn from an external
Join OC , OD and BO. point to a circle are equal]
Since, BC and BD are tangents. EB = ED ...(ii)
∴ OC ⊥ BC and OD ⊥ BD On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
We know, OB is a angle bisector of ∠DBC. EA +EB = EC + ED
∴ ∠ OBC = ∠ DBO = 60° ⇒ AB = CD Hence proved.
In right angled Δ OBC, 13. Let OP intersect AB at a point C.
BC Clearly, ∠APO = ∠BPO …(i)
cos 60° =
OB [Q O lies on bisector of ∠APB]
1 BC
⇒ =
2 OB A
⇒ OB = 2 BC
Also, BC = BD P
[tangents drawn from external point to circle are equal] C O
∴ OB = BC + BC
⇒ OB = BC + BD B
11. Given AB and CD are tangents to two circles of equal radii.
To prove AB = CD Now, in ΔACP and ΔBCP,
A B AP = BP
[Q length of tangents drawn from an external point
to a circle are equal]
C1 O Oʹ C2
PC = PC [common sides]
and ∠APO = ∠BPO [from Eq. (i)]
C D ∴ ΔACP ≅ ΔBCP [by SAS congruence rule]
Construction Join Oʹ A , Oʹ C , OB and OD Then, AC = BC [by CPCT]
and ∠ACP = ∠BCP [by CPCT]
Proof Now, ∠ OAB = 90°
1
[tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to radius = × 180° = 90°
2
through the point of contact]
[Q AB is a straight line]
Thus, AC is a straight line.
Hence, OP is perpendicular bisector of AB. Hence proved.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 69
14. 1 1 5r 2
P and ar (ΔOAC ) = × OF × AC = × r × 5 = cm
2 2 2
∴ ar (ΔABC ) = ar (ΔOAB ) + ar (ΔOBC ) + ar (ΔOAC )
A
1 4r 3r 5r 1 12 r
O ⇒ AB × BC = + + ⇒ ×3×4 =
2 2 2 2 2 2
⇒ r = 1 cm
Q 17. Produce BD to meet the bigger circle at E. Join AE.
AP = AQ Then, ∠AEB = 90° [Q angle in semi-circle]
⇒ ∠APQ = ∠AQP = x [say]
A
[Q angles opposite to equal sides are equal]
O
In ΔAPQ, ∠PAQ = 180° − ( ∠APQ + ∠AQP )
[angle sum property of a triangle] B D E
= 180° − ( x + x ) = 180° − 2x
Q OP ⊥ AP Clearly, OD ⊥ BE [QBE is tangent to the smaller
[Q radius is perpendicular to the tangent circle at D and OD is its radius]
at the point of contact] ∴ BD = DE
∴ ∠OPA = 90° [QBE is a chord of the bigger circle and OD ⊥ BE]
⇒ ∠OPQ + ∠APQ = 90° Now, in ΔAEB, O and D are the mid-points of AB and BE,
⇒ ∠OPQ + x = 90° respectively.
⇒ ∠OPQ = 90° − x Therefore, by mid-point theorem, we have
∴ ∠PAQ = 2 ∠OPQ Hence proved. 1
OD = AE ⇒ AE = 2 × OD = 2 × 8 = 16 cm
15. CR = CQ = BC − BQ 2
[Q OD = radius of smaller circle = 8 cm]
= 38 − 25 = 13 cm In right angled ΔODB,
∴ RD = CD − CR = 28 − 13 = 15 cm OB 2 = OD 2 + BD 2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
Here, OR ⊥ RD and OS ⊥ DA. ⇒ BD 2 = 169 − 64 = 105
[Q tangent is perpendicular to the radius ⇒ BD = 105 cm = DE [QBD = DE]
through the point of contact]
Now, in right angled ΔAED,
Also, ∠ADC = 90°, then fourth angle in quadrilateral ORDS
AD 2 = AE 2 + ED 2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
will be 90°. Thus, ORDS will be a rectangle.
2 2
Q D is an external point of a circle. ⇒ AD = (16) + ( 105 )
∴ DR = DS = 256 + 105 = 361 = 19 cm
Also, opposites sides of rectangle are equal. 18. We know that, tangents drawn from an exterior point to a
∴ RD = OR = OS = SD circle are equal in length.
Hence, quadrilateral DROS is a square. ∴ AD = AF = x cm [say]
∴ Radius = OR = RD = 15 cm BD = BE = y cm [say]
16. Let D, E and F are the points, where the incircle touches the CE = CF = z cm [say]
sides AB, BC and CA, respectively. Join OA, OB and OC. Given, AB = 8 cm
A
⇒ AD + BD = 8 cm
⇒ x+y=8 ...(i)
BC = 10 cm
F
r ⇒ BE + CE = 10 cm
r O
D ⇒ y + z = 10 ...(ii)
r
and CA = 12 cm
B C
E ⇒ CF + AF = 12 cm
In Δ ABC, 2 2 2
AC = AB + BC [by Pythagoras theorem] ⇒ z + x = 12 ...(iii)
= 42 + 32 = 16 + 9 = 25 On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
∴ AC = 5 cm 2( x + y + z ) = 30
[taking positive square root, as length cannot be negative] ⇒ x + y + z = 15 ...(iv)
1 1 4r 2 On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (iv), we get
Now, ar (ΔOAB ) = × OD × AB = × r × 4 = cm ,
2 2 2 x = 15 − 10 = 5
1 1 3r 2 On subtracting Eq. (iii) from Eq. (iv), we get
ar (ΔOBC ) = × OE × BC = × r × 3 = cm
2 2 2 y = 15 − 12 = 3
70 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (iv), we get 21. Given, hexagon ABCDEF circumscribe a circle.
z = 15 − 8 = 7 A
∴ AD = x cm = 5 cm, P Q
F B
BE = y cm = 3 cm
and CF = z cm = 7 cm U R
Hence, the length of AD, BE and CE are 5 cm, 3 cm and
E C
7 cm, respectively.
T S
19. A circle is inscribed in the ΔABC, which touches the BC , CA D
and AB. Since, tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are
A
equal in length
∴ AQ = AP, BQ = BR, CR = CS, DS = DT,
ET = EU, FP = FU
F E So, AB + CD + EF = ( AQ + QB ) + ( CS + SD ) + (EU + UF )
= AP + BR + CR + DT + ET + FP
= ( AP + FP ) + (BR + CR ) + (DT + ET )
B D C
⇒ AB + CD + EF = AF + BC + DE Hence proved.
Given, BC = a , CA = b and AB = c 22. ∠ DAB = 90°
By using the property, tangents are drawn from an external In ΔABD , ∠ DAB + ∠ ABD + ∠ ADB = 180°
point to the circle are equal in length.
⇒ ∠ ADB = 180° − 140° = 40°
∴ BD = BF = x [say]
In ΔODC, OD = OC [radii of same circle]
DC = CE = y [say]
⇒ ∠OCD = ∠CDO = 40°
and AE = AF = z [say]
[Q angles opposite to equal sides are equal]
Now, BC + CA + AB = a + b + c
∴ ∠DOC + ∠OCD + ∠ CDO = 180°
⇒(BD + DC ) + ( CE + EA ) + ( AF + FB ) = a + b + c
[Q sum of all angles in a triangle is 180°]
⇒ ( x + y ) + ( y + z) + ( z + x) = a + b + c
⇒ ∠ DOC = 100°
⇒ 2 ( x + y + z ) = 2s
Since, AD is a straight line.
[Q 2s = a + b + c = perimeter of ΔABC]
∴ ∠ DOC + ∠ COA = 180° ⇒ ∠ COA = 80°
⇒ s = x + y + z ⇒ x = s − ( y + z)
23. Let O be the centre of circle.
⇒ BD = s − b [Qb = AE + EC = z + y ]
Q
Hence proved.
20. ∠OCA = 90° [angle between tangent and radius]
Now, ∠OCA = ∠OCD + ∠ACD S O 30° P
⇒ ∠ACD = ∠OCA − ∠OCD
A
⇒ ∠ACD = 90° − 44° = 46°
R
As, AC = AD
[tangents drawn from an external point Join OQ and OR. Then,
are equal in length]
OQ ⊥ PQ and OR ⊥PR
So, ∠ADC = ∠ACD = 46° [Q tangent is perpendicular to the radius
[Q angles opposite to the equal sides are equal] at the point of contact]
Also, ∠CAD + ∠ADC + ∠ACD = 180° So, ∠ROQ + ∠RPQ = 180°
[angle sum property of a ΔACD] [Q sum of all interior angles of
⇒ ∠CAD = 180°− ( 46° + 46° ) = 88° quadrilateral is 360°]
Again, ∠COD = 180°− ∠CAD = 92 ° ⇒ ∠ROQ = 150°
Further, ∠OBD = ∠ODB 1
But ∠RSQ = ∠ROQ
[OB = OD radii of circle] 2
In ΔOBD, use exterior angle theorem 1
= × 150° = 75°
exterior angle ∠COD = ∠OBD + ∠ODB 2
= ∠OBD + ∠OBD Now, on extending QO to intersect RS at A, we get
⇒ 2∠OBD = ∠COD [exterior angle theorem] ∠OQP = ∠QAS = 90° [alternate interior angle]
1 [Q PQ||RS and ∠OQP = 90°]
⇒ ∠CBD = × 92 °= 46°
2 Therefore, from ΔQSA,
Hence, ∠CAD = 88°, ∠ADC = 46°, ∠CBD = 46° and ∠SQA = 180° − 90° − 75° = 15°
∠ACD = 46°
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 71
⇒ ∠PQR =
150°
= 75° ⇒ (NP )2 = 32 − x 2 = 9 − x 2 …(i)
2 and in right angled ΔPNOʹ,
⇒ ∠AQR = ∠AQP − ∠PQR (POʹ )2 = (PN )2 + (NOʹ )2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
= 90° − 75° = 15°
⇒ ( 4)2 = (PN )2 + ( 5 − x )2
So, ∠RQS = ∠SQA + ∠AQR
⇒ (PN )2 = 16 − ( 5 − x )2 …(ii)
= 15° + 15° = 30°
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
24. Clearly, ∠QAB = 60° and ∠QBA = 60°
9 − x 2 = 16 − ( 5 − x )2
[Q ΔABQ is an equilateral]
⇒ 7 + x 2 − (25 + x 2 − 10x ) = 0 ⇒ 10x = 18
So, ∠PAQ = ∠PAB + ∠QAB = 120°
∴ x = 1. 8
Similarly, ∠PBQ = 120°
Again, in right angled ΔOPN,
[Q∠PAB = ∠PBA, as PA = PB] …(i)
OP 2 = ( ON )2 + (NP )2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
Now, in ΔPAQ and ΔPBQ, ⇒ 32 = (1.8)2 + (NP )2
PA = PB ⇒ (NP )2 = 9 − 3.24 = 5.76
[tangents drawn from external point] ∴ (NP ) = 2. 4
⇒ AQ = BQ [ΔABQ is an equilateral] ∴ Length of common chord, PQ = 2 PN = 2 × 2.4 = 4.8 cm
⇒ ∠PAQ = ∠PBQ [each 120°, shown above] 26. In a circle, ΔABC is inscribed.
So, ΔPAQ ≅ ΔPBQ [by SAS similarity rule] Join OB , OC and OA.
⇒ ∠APQ = ∠BPQ [by CPCT] …(ii) Conside ΔABO and ΔACO
Let QP intersect AB at M. A
m
Now, in ΔPAM and ΔPBM, 6c 1 2
6 cm
∠APM = ∠BPM [from Eq. (ii)] B C
M
⇒ PA = PB 9 9
O
[tangents drawn from an external point]
⇒ PM = PM [common side]
So, ΔPAM ≅ ΔPBM [by SAS congruence rule]
⇒ AM = BM AB = AC [given]
BO = CO [radii of same circle]
and ∠AMP = ∠BMP [by CPCT] ...(iii) AO = AO [common side]
But ∠AMP + ∠BMP = 180° ∴ ΔABO ≅ Δ ACO [by SSS congruence rule]
⇒ ∠AMP + ∠AMP = 180° ⇒ ∠1 = ∠2 [CPCT]
⇒ ∠AMP = 90° Hence Proved. Now, in ΔABM and ΔACM,
25. Here, two circles are of radii OP = 3 cm and POʹ = 4 cm . AB = AC [given]
These two circles intersect at P and Q. ∠1 = ∠2 [proved above]
AM = AM [common side]
P
∴ ΔAMB ≅ ΔAMC[by SAS congruence rule]
3 cm 4 cm
⇒ ∠ AMB = ∠ AMC …(i) [CPCT]
O N Oʹ Also, ∠ AMB + ∠ AMC = 180° [linear pair]
⇒ ∠ AMB + ∠ AMB = 180° [from Eq. (i)]
Q
⇒ ∠ AMB = 90°
Here, OP and POʹ are two tangents drawn at point P. We know that a perpendicular from centre of circle bisects
∠ OPOʹ = 90° the chord. So, OA is perpendicular bisector of BC.
[tangent at any point of circle is perpendicular to radius Let AM = x, then OM = 9 − x [Q OA = radius = 9 cm]
through the point of contact] In right angled ΔAMC,
Join OOʹ and PN.
AC 2 = AM 2 + MC 2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
In right angled Δ OPOʹ,
( OOʹ )2 = ( OP )2 + (POʹ )2 [by Pythagoras theorem] i.e. (Hypotenuse)2 = (Base)2 + (Perpendicular)2
i.e. ( Hypotenuse)2 = (Base)2 + (Perpendicular)2 ⇒ MC 2 = 62 − x 2 …(i)
= ( 3)2 + ( 4)2 = 25 and in right angled Δ OMC,
⇒ OOʹ = 5 cm OC 2 = OM 2 + MC 2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
Also, PN ⊥ OOʹ ⇒ MC 2 = 92 − ( 9 − x )2 …(ii)
72 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
CHAPTER 04
Constructions
In this Chapter...
! Division of a Line Segment Internally in the Given Ratio
! Construction of a Tangent to a Circle at a Point that lies on it
! Construction of Tangent to a Circle from a Point Outside the Circle
! Construction of Tangents to a Circle When Angle
Constructions 1 Justification
Division of a Line Segment Internally in the Given Ratio Since, A m C||A p B, so use the basic proportionality theorem
in ΔABA p .
To divide a line segment AB (say) internally in the given ratio
AA m AC
m : n, where m and n are both positive integers, we use the Then, = …(i)
following steps A m A p CB
Step I Draw the given line segment AB and any ray AX, By using construction, the ratio is
making an acute angle with the line segment AB. AA m m
This ray AX can be drawn above or below AB. = …(ii)
A m A p ( p − m)
Step II Mark m + n = p points
∴From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
(i.e. A 1 , A 2 , . . . , A m ,. . . , A p ) on the ray AX, such AC m
that AA 1 = A 1 A 2 = ... = A p − 1 A p =
CB ( p − m)
Step III Join BA p .
Alternate Method
Step IV Through the point A m , draw a line parallel to A p B To divide a line segment in the given ratio m : n, where
(by making an angle equal to ∠AA p B at A m ) which m and n are both positive integers, we can also use the
intersects the line segment AB at point C. Thus, following steps.
point C divides the line segment AB internally in the Step I Draw the given line segment AB (say) and any ray
ratio m : n, i.e. AC : CB = m : n. AX making an acute angle with the line
X segment AB.
n
)
+ Step II Draw another ray BY || AX by making
(A m
Ap
∠ABY = ∠BAX.
Am Step III Mark m points i.e. A1 , A 2 ,. . . , A m on AX
A2 and n points i.e. B1 , B 2 , . . . , B n on BY such that
A1
AA1 = A1 A 2 = . . . = A m − 1 A m
A B
C = BB1 = B1B 2 = . . . = B n − 1B n
76 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Step IV Join A m B n which intersects line segment AB at the So, in ΔABA 5, by basic proportionality theorem, we get
AA 3 AC
point C. = ...(i)
A 3A 5 CB
Now, C is the required point which divides line
By construction, we have
segment AB internally in the ratio m : n. AA 3 3 3
X = = ...(ii)
Am
A 3A 5 ( 5 − 3 ) 2
Am – 1 On equating Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
A2 AC 3
=
A1 BC 2
This shows that C divides AB internally in the ratio 3 : 2.
A B
C
B1
Construction 2
B2 Construction of a Tangent to a Circle at a Point
that lies on it
Bn – 1
Bn We can construct a tangent to a circle at a point that lies on it
Y
by two cases which are given below
Justification Case I By using the centre of circle
Step V Use the condition of similarity of two triangles in To construct a tangent to a circle by using the centre, we use
AA m AC the following steps.
ΔAA m C and ΔBB n C. Then, = ...(i)
BB n BC Step I Take a point O as centre and draw a circle of
Step VI Write the ratio by using construction, given radius.
AA m m Step II Take a point P on the circle, at which we want to
= ..(ii)
BB n n draw tangent.
AC m Step III Join OP, which is the radius of circle.
Step VII Equating Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get =
BC n
Step IV Take OP as base and construct ∠OPT = 90 ° at P.
Example 1. Draw a line segment AB = 8 cm and divide it
internally in the ratio 3 : 2 and also justify it. Step V Draw a ray PT and produce TP to Tʹ to get the
Sol. Steps of Construction required tangent TPTʹ.
(i) First, draw line segment, AB = 8 cm and draw a ray AX,
which makes an acute angle with line segment AB.
(ii) Mark m + n = 3 + 2 = 5 points i.e. A1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 and A 5
on the ray AX such that O
AA1 = A1A 2 = A 2A 3 = A 3A 4 = A 4A 5
(iii) Join BA 5.
Tʹ T
(iv) Through the point A 3 (Q m = 3 ), draw a line A 3C || A 5B P
(by making an angle equal to ∠AA 5 B at A 3), which
intersects the line segment AB at C. Example 2. Draw a circle of diameter AB = 5 cm with
X
A5
centre O and then draw a tangent to the circle at
A4 point A or B.
A3 Sol. Given, diameter of circle = AB = 5 cm and centre is O.
A2
A1 5
∴ Radius = OA = OB = = 2 . 5 cm
A B 2
C
8 cm Steps of Construction
Thus, point C divides the line segment AB internally in the (i) Take a point O as centre and draw a circle of radius
ratio 3 : 2. 2.5 cm.
Justification (ii) Draw diameter AOB.
Since, A 3C || A 5B. (iii) Take OA as base and construct ∠OAT = 90° at A.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 77
Q
X
B
P
Y
78 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Steps of Construction Sol. Given, radius of circle = 2 cm and distance between point P
(i) Draw a circle with O as centre and radius and centre = 6.5 cm
OC = 3.5 cm. Take a point P such that OP = 6 cm. Steps of Construction
(ii) Draw the bisector of OP which intersect OP at M. (i) Draw a circle of radius 2 cm with centre O.
(iii) Take M as centre and MO as radius, draw a dotted (ii) Take a point P outside it, such that its distance from
circle. Let this circle cuts the given circle at A and B. centre O is 6.5 cm.
(iv) Join PA and PB. (iii) Consider O and P as centre and draw arcs of radius
Hence, PA and PB are the required tangents. more than half of OP on both sides of OP which
intersect each other at R and S. Join RS which bisects
Case II When centre of circle is unknown
OP at M. Then, MP = MO.
If centre of the circle is unknown, then to draw tangents of
(iv) Consider M as centre and MO as radius, draw a dotted
the circle, by using the following steps circle which intersects given circle at Q and Qʹ.
Step I Firstly, draw the circle and then draw two (v) Join PQ and PQʹ.
non-parallel chords of the circle.
Hence, we get the required tangents drawn from point
Step II Draw the perpendicular bisectors of both chords P to the given circle.
which intersect each other at a point, say O. Then, R
this point O gives the centre of given circle. Now,
Q
we further use the steps given in case I to draw
tangents.
Alternate Method 1.1 cm M 2 cm
P O
If centre of circle is unknown, then we can draw tangents 6.5 cm
without finding centre of the circle. For this, we use the
following steps of construction.
Qʹ
Step I Draw a circle of given radius and take a point P
outside it. S
D
Construction 4
Construction of Tangents to a Circle When Angle
T1 between Them is Given
Sometimes, angle between two tangents (or pair of tangents)
K is given and we have to draw these tangents. Then, we use
C B
P A the following steps of construction.
T2
Step I First, draw the given circle with centre O and radius
r cm.
Step II Through P, draw a line (i.e. secant) intersecting the
A
given circle at points A and B, respectively and
O
produce it to C in opposite direction of AB such that r
AP = CP. α Q
Then, AP and RP are the required pair of tangents to given (iii) Draw the radius OR meets the circle at R such that
circle, inclined at an angle α, i.e. angle between pair of ∠QOR = 30°.
tangents is α.
Justification P
By construction, ∠OAP = 90 ° and OA is radius. 4 cm
O
So, PA is a tangent to the circle. 30° Q
Similarly, PR is a tangent to the circle. E 30°
Also, ∠AOR = 180 ° − ∠QOR [Q AOQ is a straight line] N R
D
= 180 ° − α
Now, in quadrilateral AORP, (iv) Draw PD ⊥ PQ and RE ⊥ OR , which intersect each
other at point N. Then, NP and NR are the required
∠APR + ∠PAO + ∠AOR + ∠PRO = 360 ° tangents to the given circle inclined to each other at an
⇒ ∠APR + 90 ° + 180 ° − α + 90 ° = 360 ° angle of 30°.
⇒ ∠APR = α Justification
Example 6. Draw a pair of tangents to a circle of radius By construction, ∠OPN = 90° and OP is radius.
4 cm which are inclined to each other at an angle of ∴ PN is a tangent to the circle.
30°. Similarly, NR is a tangent to the circle.
Sol. Given, a circle of radius 4 cm. We have to construct a pair of Now, ∠POR = 180° − 30°= 150°
tangents, which are inclined to each other at an angle of 30°. [QPOQ is a straight line and ∠QOR = 45°]
Steps of Construction In quadrilateral OPNR,
(i) Draw a circle with O as centre and radius 4 cm. ∠OPN = 90° , ∠POR = 150° and ∠ORN = 90°
(ii) Draw any diameter POQ of this circle. ∴ ∠PNR = 360° − ( 90° + 150° + 90° ) = 30°
80 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Chapter
Practice
6. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 4 : 7, a ray
PART 1 AX is drawn first such that ∠ BAX is an acute angle
and then points A 1 , A 2 , A 3 ,. . . are located at equal
Objective Questions distances on the ray AX and the point B is joined to
(a) A12 (b) A11
(c) A10 (d) A 9
!
Multiple Choice Questions
7. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 5 : 6, draw a
1. To divide a line segment AB in ratio m : n
ray AX such that ∠ BAX is an acute angle, then draw
(m and n are positive integers), draw a ray AX to
a ray BY parallel to AX and the points
that ∠BAX is an acute angle and the mark point on
A 1 , A 2 , A 3 ,. . . and B 1 , B 2 , B 3 ,. . . are located to
ray AX at equal distances such that the minimum
equal distances on ray AX and BY, respectively.
number of these points is
Then, the points joined are
(a) greater of m and n (b) m + n
(a) A 5 and B 6 (b) A 6 and B 5
(c) m + n − 1 (d) mn
(c) A 4 and B 5 (d) A 5 and B 4
2. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 5 : 7, first 8. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 6 : 7, a ray
a ray AX is drawn, so that ∠ BAX is an acute angle AX is drawn first such that ∠BAX is an acute angle
and then at equal distances points are marked on and then points A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , … are located equal
the ray AX such that the minimum number of distances on the ray AX and the point B is joined
these points is with
(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 11 (d) 12
(a) A12 (b) A13 (c)A10 (d)A11
3. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 3 : 5 first a 9. In the given figure, find the ratio, when P divides
ray AX is drawn so that ∠BAX is an acute angle AB internally.
and then at equal distances points are marked on
A3 X
the ray AX such that the minimum number of A2
these points is A1
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 11 A B
P
4. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 4 : 5, first B1
B2
a ray AX is drawn making ∠BAX an acute angle B3
Y B4
and then points A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , . . at equal distances
are marked on the ray AX and the point B is joined (a) 3 : 2 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 4
to
10. From the following ratios, a line segment cannot be
(a) A 4 (b) A 5
divided into A ratio.
(c) A 9 (d) A 7
1 1 1
5. The ratio of division of the line segment AB by the (a) A → 5: (b) A → :
5 5 5
point P from A in the following figure is [CBSE 2012] 2 5 1
(c) A → : (d) A → : 1
A5 5 2 5
A4
A3 11. To draw a pair of tangents to a circle, which are
A2 inclined to each other at an angle of 60°, it is
A1
required to draw tangents at end points of those two
A
P B
radii of the circle, the angle between them should be
(a) 135° (b) 90° (c) 60° (d) 120°
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2
(c) 3 : 5 (d) 2 : 5
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 81
12. A pair of tangents can be constructed from a 7. Draw a circle of radius 3.5 cm. Take a point P outside
point P to a circle of radius 3.5 cm, situated at a the circle at a distance of 7 cm from the centre of the
distance of 3 cm from the centre. circle and construct a pair of tangents to the circle
(a) True from that point. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
(b) False
8. Draw a line segment AB of length 9 cm. Taking A as
(c) Can’t determined
(d) None of the above
centre, draw a circle of radius 5 cm and taking B as
centre, draw another circle of radius 3 cm. Construct
13. A pair of tangents can be constructed to a circle tangents to each circle from the centre of the other
inclined at an angle of 170°. circle. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
(a) True
(b) False 9. Draw a circle with the help of circular solid ring.
(c) Can’t determined Construct a pair of tangents from a point P outside the
(d) None of the above circle. Also, justify the construction.
!
Long Answer Type Questions
PART 2 10. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Construct a pair of
tangents to it, the angle between which is 60°.
Subjective Questions Also, justify the construction. Measure the distance
between the centre of the circle and the point of
!
Short Answer Type Questions intersection of tangents.
1. Draw a line segment of length 7 cm. Find a point 11. Construct a tangent to a circle of radius 1.8 cm from a
P on it, which divides it in the ratio 3 : 5. point on the concentric circle of radius 2.8 cm and
measure its length. Also, verify the measurement by
2. Draw a circle of diameter AB = 6 cm with centre actual calculation.
O and then draw a tangent to the circle at point A
or B. 12. Draw a circle of radius 2.8 cm. From an external point
P, draw tangents to the circle without using the centre
3. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Take a point P on it. of the circle.
Without using the centre of the circle, draw a
tangent to the circle at point P. 13. Draw a pair of tangents to a circle of radius 3 cm,
which are inclined to each other at an angle of 45°.
4. Draw a circle of radius 6 cm and draw a tangent
to this circle, making an angle of 30° with a line 14. Let ABC be a right angled triangle, in which
passing through the centre. AB = 6 cm, BC = 8 cm and ∠ B = 90°. BD is the
perpendicular from B on AC. The circle through
5. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. From a point 6 cm B , C and D is drawn. Construct the tangents from A to
away from its centre, construct a pair of tangents this circle. Also, justify the construction.
to the circle and measure their lengths.
[CBSE 2019] 15. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Take two points P and Q
6. Draw a circle of radius 1cm. From a point P, on one of its extended diameter each at a distance of
2.2 cm apart from the centre of the circle, draw 7 cm from its centre. Draw tangents to the circle from
tangents to the circle. these two points P and Q. [NCERT]
82 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions 11. (d) The angle between them should be 120° because in that
1. (b) To divide a line segment in the ratio m : n , the maximum case the figure formed by the intersection point of pair of
tangent, the two end points of those two radii (at which
number of the points to mark are m + n .
tangents are drawn) and the centre of the circle is a
2. (d) We know that, to divide a line segment AB in the ratio quadrilateral.
m : n , first draw a ray AX, which makes an acute angle
∠BAX, then marked m + n points at equal distance. P
Here, m = 5, n = 7
So, minimum number of these points = m + n = 5 + 7 = 12.
3. (a) Minimum number of points = 3 + 5 = 8 θ R
O 60°
4. (c) Here, 4 + 5 = 9 points are located at equal distances on
the ray AX, so B is joined to last point A 9 .
Q
5. (b) The ratio of division of the line segment AB by the point
P from A is AP : BP = 3 : 2 . From figure, it is quadrilateral
6. (b) Here, minimum 4 + 7 = 11 points are located at equal ∠POQ + ∠ PRQ = 180°
distances on the ray AX and then B is joined to last point [Q sum of opposite angles are 180°]
is A 11. 60° + θ = 180°
7. (a) Given, a line segment AB and we have to divide it in the ∴ θ = 120
ratio 5 : 6. Hence, the required angle between them is 120°.
Y
B
6
12. (b) False, since, the radius of the circle is 3.5 cm
B
5 B i.e. r = 3. 5 cm and a point P is situated at a distance
4
B
3
of 3 cm from the centre i.e. d = 3 cm
B
2 B We see that, r > d
1
A i.e. a point P lies inside the circle. So, no tangent can be
C B
A1 drawn to a circle from a point lying inside it.
A2 13. True
A3
A4
A5 X
170°
Steps of Construction
1. Draw a ray AX, making an acute ∠BAX.
2. Draw a ray BY parallel to AX by making ∠ABY equal
to ∠BAX.
If the angle between the pair of tangents is always greater
3. Now, locate the points A 1, A 2, A 3, A 4 and A 5 ( m = 5) than 0 or less than 180°, then we can construct a pair of
on AX and B1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 and B 6 ( n = 6 ) such that tangents to a circle.
all the points are at equal distance from each other. Hence, we can draw a pair of tangents to a circle inclined at
4. Join B 6 A 5, which intersect AB at a point C. an angle of 170°.
Then, AC : BC = 5 : 6
Subjective Questions
8. (b) A 6 + 7 i.e. A13 is joined to the point B.
1. Steps of Construction
9. (d) From given figure, it is clear that there are three points at 1. Draw a line segment AB = 7 cm.
equal distances on AX and four points at equal distances on
2. Draw a ray AX, making an acute ∠BAX.
BY. Here, P divides AB on joining A 3B 4. So, P divides AB
internally in the ratio 3 : 4.
3. Along AX, mark 3 + 5 = 8 points
10. (c) Since, i.e. A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 and A 8 such that
1 1 1 AA 1 = A 1 A 2 = A 2 A 3 = A 3 A 4
(a) 5 : = 5:1 (b) : =1:1
5 5 5 = A 4A 5 = A 5A 6 = A 6A 7 = A 7A 8
2 5 1 4. Join A 8B.
(c) : =2 2 : 5 (d) :1 = 1: 5 5. From A 3 , draw A 3 C|| A 8 B, meeting AB at C.
5 2 5
Since, (a), (b) and (d) are the ratio of both integers. So, it is [by making an angle equal to ∠BA 8 A at A 3 ]
possible to divide a line segment into these points. Then, C is the point on AB, which divides it in the
Hence, option (c) is correct. ratio 3 : 5.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 83
P
A8
B
A7 30° Q
A6 A
60°
A5 6 cm
O
A4
A3
A2
A1 (ii) Draw a radius OA and produce it to B.
(iii) Construct an ∠AOP equal to the complement of 30°
A C B i.e. equal to 60°.
7 cm (iv) Draw a perpendicular to OP at P, which intersects OB at
2. Given, diameter of circle = AB = 6 cm and centre is O. point Q.
6 Hence, PQ is the required tangent such that ∠OQP = 30°.
∴ Radius = OA = OB = = 3 cm
2 5. Given, a point Mʹ is at a distance of 6 cm from the centre of a
circle of radius 4 cm.
Steps of Construction
Steps of Construction
(i) Take a point O as centre and draw a circle of radius 3 cm.
(i) Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Let centre of this circle is
(ii) Draw diameter AOB.
O.
(iii) Take OA as base and construct ∠OAT = 90° at A.
(ii) Join OMʹ and bisect it. Let M be mid-point of OMʹ.
(iv) Draw a ray AT and produce TA to Tʹ to get the required
tangent TATʹ.
Similarly, we can draw a tangent at point B or any other P
point on the circle.
T
M
Mʹ O
4 cm
3 cm
B A 6 cm
O
Tʹ
R
Q M
N
5 cm 3c
O m
A 9 cm B
1.1 cm M 1 cm
P O
2.2 cm Q
P
9. Steps of Construction
Qʹ
S (i) First, draw a circle with the help of given circular solid
ring and then draw two non-parallel chords AB and CD.
(iv) On taking M as centre and MO as radius, draw a dotted T A
circle, which intersects given circle at Q and Qʹ.
(v) Join PQ and PQʹ. Thus, we get the required tangents D
drawn from point P to the given circle. P
M O B
7. Steps of Construction
(i) Draw a circle with O as centre and radius
OC = 3.5 cm. Take a point P such that OP = 7 cm. Tʹ C
(ii) Draw the bisector of OP, which intersects OP at M. (ii) Draw perpendicular bisectors of AB and CD, which
(iii) On taking M as centre and MO as radius, draw a dotted intersect each other at point O. Then, O is the centre of
circle. Let this circle cuts the given circle at A and B. the circle.
(iv) Join PA and PB. (iii) Now, take a point P outside the circle and join OP.
Thus, PA and PB are the required tangents. (iv) Draw bisector of OP. Let its mid-point be M.
(v) On taking M as centre and MP as radius, draw a dotted
circle which intersect the given circle at T and Tʹ.
A
(vi) Join PT and PTʹ.
Then, PT and PTʹ are the required pair of tangents drawn to
the circle from P.
Justification
7 cm
O P Join OT.
3.5 cm M C
Then, ∠PTO = 90° [angle in semi-circle of dotted circle]
This shows that OT ⊥ PT.
Also, OT is radius of given circle, so PT has to be a tangent of
given circle. Similarly, PTʹ is also a tangent of given circle.
B
10. Steps of Construction
(i) Take a point O on the plane of the paper and draw a circle
with centre O and radius OA = 4 cm.
8. Given, a line segment AB = 9 cm, two circles with centres A
(ii) At O construct radii OA and OB such that ∠AOB equal to
and B of radii 5 cm and 3 cm, respectively. 120° i.e. supplement of the angle between the tangents.
We have to construct two tangents to each circle from the (iii) Draw perpendiculars to OA and OB at A and B,
centre of the other circle. respectively. Suppose these perpendiculars intersect at P.
Steps of Construction Then, PA and PB are required tangents.
(i) Draw a line segment AB = 9 cm.
(ii) Draw a circle with centre A and radius 5 cm and another A
circle with centre B and radius 3 cm. 4 cm
(iii) Now, bisect AB. Let O be the mid-point of AB.
(iv) Take O as centre and AO as radius and draw a dotted 60° 120° O
P
circle, which intersects the two given circles at N , Q, M
and P.
(v) Join AN , AQ, BM and BP. These are the required tangents B
to each circle from the centre of the other circle.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 85
The distance between the centre of the circle and the point
of intersection of tangents is 8 cm. D
Justification
In quadrilateral OAPB, we have M
Steps of Construction We have to construct the tangents to the circle from the
(i) Draw the line segments AB = 6 cm and BC = 8 cm given points P and Q.
perpendicular to each other. Join AC. Thus, ΔABC is
the given right angled triangle. M Pʹ
(ii) Draw perpendicular bisector of BC, which meets BC
at O.
3 cm
(iii) With O as centre and OB as radius draw a circle, O
P Q
which intersects AC at D, then ∠BDC = 90°. Thus, E F
BD is perpendicular to AC. 7 cm 7 cm
(iv) With A as centre and AB as radius draw an arc,
cutting the circle at M. N Qʹ
(v) Join AM. Thus, AB and AM are required tangents.
X Steps of Construction
(i) Draw a circle of radius 3 cm with centre at O.
A (ii) Produce its diameter on both sides and take points P and Q
on it such that OP = OQ = 7 cm
D M
6 cm (iii) Draw bisector of OP and OQ, which intersect OP and OQ at
E and F, respectively.
B
(iv) Now, take E as centre and OE as radius, draw a dotted circle
O C which intersects the given circle at two points M, N. Again,
8 cm take F as centre and OF as radius, draw another dotted circle
which intersects the given circle at two points Pʹ and Qʹ.
(v) Join PM , PN , QPʹ and QQʹ. These are the required tangents
Justification from P and Q to the given circle.
Since ΔABC is right angled triangle with ∠ABC = 90° Justification
∴ BO ⊥ AB. Join OM and ON. The ∠OMP is the angle that lies in the
semi-circle of the dotted circle with centre E. Therefore,
Also, BO is the radius of circle. So, AB has to be tangent of
∠OMP = 90° ⇒ OM ⊥PM
the circle. Similarly, AM is also a tangent to the circle.
Since, OM is radius of the circle. So, MP has to be a tangent to
15. Given, two points P and Q on the extended diameter of a
the circle. Similarly, PN, QPʹ and QQʹ are also tangents to the
circle with radius 3 cm such that OP = OQ = 7 cm given circle.
Chapter Test
Multiple Choice Questions these two radii of the circle, the angle between
1. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 2 : 5, two radii is
(a) 105°
first a ray AX is drawn, so that ∠BAX is an acute
(b) 70°
angle and then at equal distances, then the
(c) 125°
number of points located on the ray AX is (d) 135°
[CBSE 2011]
Short Answer Type Questions
(a) 7 (b) 10
(c) 2 (d) 5 5. Draw a line segment AB = 6. 5 cm and divide it
2. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 7 : 5, internally in the ratio 3 : 5.
first a ray AX is drawn, so that ∠BAX is acute 6. Draw two tangents at the end points of the
angle and then at equal distance points are diameter of a circle of radius 3.5 cm. Are these
marked. Then, the minimum number of these tangents parallel?
points is
Long Answer Type Questions
(a) 5 (b) 35
(c) 7 (d) 12 7. Draw two concentric circles of radii 3 cm and
3. By geometrical construction, it is possible to 5 cm. Taking a point on outer circle construct
the pair of tangents to the other. Measure the
1
divide a line segment in the ratio 3 : . length of a tangent and verify it by actual
3 calculation.
(a) True (b) False
8. Draw a line segment AB of length 7 cm. Taking
(c) Can’t determined (d) None of these A as centre, draw a circle of radius 3 cm and
4. To draw a pair of tangents to a circle, which are taking B as centre, draw another circle of radius
inclined to each other at an angle of 55°, it is 2 cm. Construct tangents to each circle from
required to draw tangents at the end points of the centre of the other circle.
Answers
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 6. These are parallel. 7. 4 cm For Detailed Solutions
Scan the code
88 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
CHAPTER 05
Applications of
Trigonometry
In this Chapter...
! Line of Sight & Horizontal Line
! Angle of Elevation
! Angle of Depression
Solved Examples
Example 1. In figure, a tightly stretched rope of length In right angled ΔACB,
20 m is tied from the top of a vertical pole to the AB
tan 30° =
ground. Find the height of the pole, if the angle BC
made by the rope with the ground is 30°. 1 h
⇒ =
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] 3 30
B 30 3
⇒ h= ×
3 3
20 m [multiply numerator and denominator by 3]
30 × 3
=
30º
3
A C = 10 3 m
Sol. Let AB = h be the height of the pole. Hence, height of the tower is 10 3 m.
Given, length of rope, BC = 20 m Example 3. The ratio of the length of a vertical rod and
B the length of its shadow is 1 : 3. Find the angle of
elevation of the Sun at that moment?
20 m [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
hm
Sol. Let AB be the vertical rod and BC be its shadow and θ be
the angle of elevation of the Sun.
30º
A C A
Perpendicular
sin 30° =
Hypotenuse
1 h
∴ =
2 20
20 !
⇒ h== 10 m B C
2 Shadow
Hence, height of the pole is 10 m. We have, AB : BC =1 : 3
Example 2. In figure, the angle of elevation of the top Let AB = x, then BC = x 3
of a tower from a point C on the ground, which is AB
30 m away from the foot of the tower, is 30°. Find In ΔABC, tan θ =
BC
the height of the tower. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)] x 1
⇒ tan θ = =
A x 3 3
⇒ tan θ = tan 30°
⇒ θ = 30°
D Also, let AB = x m.
In right angled ΔABD,
6m
Perpendicular BD
C tan 60° = =
Base AB
BC + CD
⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3 ]
h x
h + 1. 6
⇒ 3=
30° 45° x
A xm B 3x = h + 1 . 6
In right angled ΔABC, ⇒ h = 3x − 1. 6 …(i)
BC
tan 30° = In right angled ΔCBA,
AB BC
1 h tan 45° =
⇒ = AB
3 x h
⇒ x= 3hm …(i) ⇒ 1= [Q tan 45° = 1]
x
Now, in right angled ΔABD, ⇒ x=h
BD
tan 45° = On putting x = h in Eq. (i), we get
AB
h = 3 h − 1. 6
6+ h
⇒ 1= [QBD = BC + CD = 6 + h ] ⇒ h ( 3 − 1) = 1. 6
x
⇒ x=6+ h …(ii) 1. 6 3+1
⇒ h= × [rationalising]
⇒ 3h = 6 + h [from Eq. (i)] ( 3 − 1) 3+1
⇒ h( 3 − 1) = 6 1 . 6( 3 + 1)
= [Q ( a + b )( a − b ) = a 2 − b 2 ]
6 3 +1 ( 3 ) 2 − (1 ) 2
⇒ h= × (rationalisation)
( 3 − 1) 3+ 1 1 .6
= ( 3 + 1)
6( 3 + 1) 2
= [Q( a − b )( a + b ) = a 2 − b 2]
( 3 ) 2 − (1 ) 2 = 0. 8 (1.73 + 1)
6(1.73 + 1) 6 × 2.73 = 0.8 (2.73)= 2.184 m
= =
3 −1 2 Hence, the height of the pedestal is 2.184 m.
= 3 × 2.73 = 8.19 m Example 6. From a point on the ground, the angles of
Hence, height of tower is 8.19 m. elevation of the bottom and the top of a transmission
Example 5. A statue 1.6 m tall, stands on the top of a tower fixed at the top of a 20 m high building are
pedestal. From a point on the ground, the angle of 45° and 60°, respectively. Find the height of the
elevation of the top of the statue is 60° and from the tower. (use 3 = 1.73 )
same point the angle of elevation of the top of the Sol. Let AB = 20 m be the height of the building and BC = h m be
pedestal is 45°. Find the height of the pedestal. the height of transmission tower. The angles of elevation
(use 3 = 1.73) from a ground point D to the points B and C are
Sol. Let BC = h m be the height of the pedestal and CD = 1.6 m ∠ADB = 45° and ∠ADC = 60°
be the length of the statue, which is standing on the C
pedestal.
hm
D
B
C 20 m
45° 60°
h A
D
⇒ h 3 = 100 − 25
75 3 75 3
⇒ h= × = B 45° C
3 3 3
92 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Example 12. From the top of a 7 m building, the angle Given, speed of plane is 720 km/h and time of flight is 10 s.
of elevation of the top of a cable tower is 60° and Also, given ∠AOC = 60° and ∠BOD = 30°
the angle of depression of its foot is 45°. Determine In right angled ΔOCA,
the height of the tower. (use 3 = 1.73). OC
cot 60° =
[CBSE 2020 (Standard)] AC
Sol. Let AB = 7 m be the height of the building and DE = h m 1 OC
⇒ =
be the height of cable tower. 3 h
E h
⇒ OC = m
3
In right angled ΔODB,
OD
60º cot 30° =
B C BD
45º hm OD
⇒ 3=
h
7m ⇒ OD = h 3
Now, CD = OD − OC
h 2h
A
45º
D
=h 3− = m
xm 3 3
2h
Then, ∠CBE = 60° Thus, distance covered by aeroplane in 10 s is m.
3
and ∠CBD = 45° ⇒ ∠ADB = 45° (alternate angle)
Distance
Let distance between two towers be Q Speed of aeroplane =
AD = BC = x m Time
CE 2h
In right angled ΔBCE, tan 60° = 5 ⎡ 5 ⎤
BC ∴ 720 × = 3 Q 1 km = m /s
CE CE 18 10 ⎣⎢ 18 ⎥⎦
⇒ 3= ⇒x = … (i)
x 3 ⇒ 40 × 5 × 10 3 = 2 h
and in right angled ΔADB, ⇒ h = 1000 3 m
AB 7
tan 45° = ⇒1 = ⇒ x = 7 m Hence, height at which the aeroplane is flying is 1000 3 m.
AD x
Put x = 7 in Eq. (i), we get Example 14. A straight highway leads to the foot of a
7=
CE
⇒ CE = 7 3 m
tower. A man standing at the top of the tower
3 observes a car at an angle of depression of 30°,
Now, height of cable tower, which is approaching the foot of the tower with a
h = DC + CE uniform speed. After covering a distance of 50 m,
= 7 + 7 3 = 7 (1 + 3 ) the angle of depression of the car becomes 60°.
= 7(1 + 1.73) = 7 × 2 . 73 = 19.11 m Find the height of the tower. (use 3 = 1.73).
Example 13. The angle of elevation of an aeroplane [CBSE 2020 (Standard)]
from point O on the ground is 60°. After a flight of Sol. Let AB = h m be the height of the tower. Let C be the initial
10 s, on the same height, the angle of elevation position of the car and D be the final position of the car, when
from point O becomes 30°. If the aeroplane is flying it covers a distance, CD = 50 m .
at the speed of 720 km/h, find the constant height at E B
which the aeroplane is flying. [CBSE 2020 (Standard)] 30°
60°
Sol. Let OX be the horizontal ground, A and B be the two
positions of the plane and O be the points of observation. h
Let height of an aeroplane from A to the ground is
AC = BD = h m
30° 60°
A B A
D C
50 m x
h
h Given, the angle of depressions from point B to the points C
and D are
∠EBC = 60° and ∠EBD = 30°
30º
60º ⇒ ∠BCA = 60° and ∠BDA = 30° [alternate angles]
X
O C D
94 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
60 "3 m
x 45º
h B x E
⇒ x= m …(i)
3
And in right angled ΔDAB, hm
AB
tan 30° =
AD 60º
1 h C x D
⇒ =
3 50 + x Given, the angle of depressions from point A are
⇒ 50 + x = h 3 ∠ FAE = 45° and ∠FAD = 60°
⇒ x = h 3 − 50 …(ii) ⇒ ∠BEA = 45° and ∠CDA = 60° [alternate angles]
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have In right angled ΔAEB,
h AB AB
= h 3 − 50 tan 45° = ⇒ 1=
3 BE x
⇒ x = AB …(i)
⇒ h = 3h − 50 3
and in right angled ΔADC,
⇒ 2 h = 50 3
AC 60 3 60 3
⇒ h = 25 3 tan 60° = ⇒ 3= ⇒ x=
CD x 3
⇒ h = 25 × 1 .73 ⇒ x = 60 m …(ii)
⇒ h = 43. 25 m ∴ From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Hence, height of the tower is 43.25 m. AB = x = 60 m
Example 15. The angles of depression of the top and Now height of cliff,
bottom of a tower as seen from the top of a 60 3 m h = AC − AB
high cliff are 45° and 60°, respectively. Find the = 60 3 − 60
height of the tower. (use 3 = 1.73) = 60( 3 − 1)
Sol. Let AC = 60 3 m be the height of the cliff, DE = h m be the = 60( 1.73 − 1)
height of the tower and distance between tower and cliff be = 60 × 0.73 = 43.8 m
CD = BE = x m. Hence, height of the cliff is 43.8 m.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 95
Chapter
Practice
7. A ladder, leaning against a wall, makes an angle of
PART 1 60° with the horizontal. If the foot of the ladder is
9.5 m away from the wall. The length of the ladder is
Objective Questions [NCERT Exemplar]
(a) 10 m (b) 16 m
!
Multiple Choice Questions (c) 18 m (d) 19 m
8. A ramp for disabled people in a hospital have slope
1. The angle of elevation of the Sun when the shadow
30°. If the height of the ramp be 1 m, then the
of a pole h m high is 3 h m long is
length of ramp is
(a) 0° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 60° (a) 2 m (b) 0.5 m
2. If a pole 6 m high casts a shadow 2 3 m long on the (c) 2 3 m (d) 1 m
ground, then the Sun’s elevation is 9. A kite is flying at a height of 80 m above the
(a) 60° (b) 45° ground. The string attached to the kite is
(c) 30° (d) 90° temporarily tied to a point on the ground. The
3. If 300 3 m high tower makes an angle of elevation inclination of the string with ground is 60°, then the
at a point on ground which is 300 m away from its length of the string is
foot, then the angle of elevation is (a) 62.37 m (b) 92.37 m
(a) 0° (b) 30° (c) 52.57 m (d) 72.57 m
(c) 45° (d) 60°
10. The length of a string between a kite and a point on
4. From the top of a 60 m high tower, the angle of the ground is 85 m. If the string makes an angle θ
depression of a point on the ground is 30°. The 15
with the ground level such that tan θ = , then the
distance of the point from the foot of tower is 8
(a) 180 m (b) 60 3 m height of kite is
(c) 150 m (d) 30 3 m (a) 75 m (b) 78.05 m
5. The figure shows the observation of point C from (c) 226 m (d) None of these
point A. The angle of depression from A is 11. A tower stands near an airport. The angle of
[CBSE 2013] elevation θ of the tower from a point on the ground
D A is such that its tangent is 5/12. The height of the
tower, if the distance of the observer from the tower
is 120 m is [CBSE 2015]
4m
(a) 40 m (b) 50 m
(c) 60 m (d) 70 m
C B
4√3 m 12. The top of two poles of height 20 m and
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90° 14 m are connected by a wire. If the wire makes an
angle of 30° with the horizontal, then the length of
6. A circus artist is climbing a 20 m long rope, which
the wire is
is tightly stretched and tied from the top of a
(a) 12 m (b) 10 m (c) 8 m (d) 6 m
vertical pole to the ground, then the height of pole,
if the angle made by the rope with the ground level 13. An observer, 1.5 m tall is 20.5 m away from a tower
is 30°, is 22 m high, then the angle of elevation of the top of
(a) 5 m (b) 10 m the tower from the eye of the observer is
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
96 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
14. The angle of elevation of the top of the tower from a (ii) Value of DF is equal to
point, which is 40 m away from the base of the h h
(a) m (b) h 3 m (c) m (d) h m
tower in the horizontal level, is 45°. Find the height 3 2
of the tower. (iii) Value of h is
(a) 70 m (b) 60 m (a) 2 (b) 3( 3 + 1)
(c) 40 m (d) 30 m
(c) 4 (d) 3( 3 − 1)
15. The angle of elevation of the top of a building
(iv) Height of the Parachute from the ground is
150 m high, from a point on the ground is 45°. The
(a) 4 m (b) 3( 4 − 3 )
distance of the point from foot of the building is
(a) 120 m (b) 130 m (c) 8 m (d) 3( 4 + 3 )
(c) 140 m (d) 150 m (v) If the Parachute is moving towards the building,
16. The angle of depression of the car parked on the then both angles of elevation will
road from the top of a 150 m high tower is 30°. The (a) remain same (b) increases
distance of the car from the tower is [CBSE 2014] (c) decreases (d) Can’t be determined
150 20. A cyclist is climbing through a 20 m long rope
(a) 150 m (b) 75 m (c) 150 3 m (d) m
3 which is highly stretched and tied from the top of a
17. From a point on the ground, the angles of elevation vertical pole to the ground as shown below
of the bottom and the top of a transmission tower
fixed at the top of a 20 m high building are 45° and
60° respectively, then the height of the tower is
(a) 14.64 m (b) 28.64 m
(c) 38.64 m (d) 19.64 m
18. A bridge on a river makes an angle of 45° with its
edge. If the length along the bridge from one edge
Based on the above information, answer the
to the other is 150 m, then the width of the river is
following questions.
(a) 107.75 m (b) 105 m
(c) 75 m (d) 106.05 m (i) The height of the pole, if angle made by rope with
the ground level is 60°, is
!
Case Based MCQs (a) 15 m (b) 10 3 m
10 15
19. There are two balcony in a house. First balcony is (c) m (d) m
3 2
at a height of 3 m above the ground and other
balcony is 6 m vertically above the lower balcony. (ii) If the angle made by the rope with the ground
level is 60°, then the distance between artist and
Ankit and Radha are sitting inside the two balcony
pole at ground level is
at points G and F, respectively. At any instant, the 10
angles of elevation of a Parachute from these (a) m (b) 10 2 m
2
balcony are observed to be 60° and 45° as shown
(c) 10 m (d) 10 3 m
below
E (iii) If the angle made by the rope with the ground
level is 45°. The height of the pole is
hm (a) 2.5 m (b) 10 m
F 45° D (c) 7.5 m (d) 10 2 m
6m
G 60° C (iv) If the angle made by the rope with the ground
3m level is 45° and 3 m rope is broken, then the height
A B of the pole is
17
Based on the above information, answer the (a) m (b) 7 m
2
following questions.
(c) 14 m (d) 7 2 m
(i) Who is more closer to the Parachute.
(a) Ankit
(v) Which mathematical concept is used here?
(b) Radha (a) Similar triangles
(c) Both are at equal distance (b) Pythagoras theorem
(d) Can’t be determined (c) Application of trigonometry
(d) None of the above
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 97
21. A group of students of class X visited India Gate on respectively. If the distance between the peaks of
an educational trip. The teacher and students had two mountains is 1937 km, and the satellite is
interest in history as well. The teacher narrated that vertically above the mid-point of the distance
India Gate, official name Delhi Memorial, between the two mountains. (use 3 = 1.73)
originally called All-India War Memorial,
monumental sandstone arch in New Delhi, F
dedicated to the troops of British India who died in A
G
wars fought between 1914 and 1919.The teacher
also said that India Gate, which is located at the
H P
eastern end of the Rajpath (formerly called the Q R
Kingsway), is about 138 feet (42 m) in height. B D C I S
Nanda devi Mullayanagiri
(i) The distance of the satellite from the top of Nanda
Devi is
(a) 1139.4 km (b) 1119.65 km
(c) 1937 km (d) 1025.36 km
(ii) The distance of the satellite from the top of
Mullayanagiri is
(a) 1139.4 km (b) 577.52 km
(c) 1937 km (d) 1025.36 km
(i) What is the angle of elevation if they are standing
(iii) The distance of the satellite from the ground is
at a distance of 42 m away from the monument?
(a) 1139.4 km (b) 567.64 km
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 1937 km (d) 1025.36 km
(c) 60° (d) 0°
(iv) What is the angle of elevation, if a man is standing
(ii) They want to see the tower at an angle of 60°. So,
at a distance of 7816 m from Nanda Devi?
they want to know the distance where they should
(a) 30° (b) 45°
stand and hence find the distance.
(c) 60° (d) 0°
(a) 25.24 m (b) 20.12 m
(c) 42 m (d) 24.24 m (v) If a mile stone very far away, makes 45° to the top
of Mullayanagiri mountain. Hence, find the
(iii) If the altitude of the Sun is at 60°, then the height
distance of this mile stone from the mountain.
of the vertical tower that will cast a shadow of
(a) 1118.327 m (b) 566.976 m
length 20 m is
20 (c) 1930 m (d) 1025.36 m
(a) 20 3 m (b) m
3
(c)
15
3
m (d) 15 3 m PART 2
(iv) The ratio of the length of a rod and its shadow is Subjective Questions
1 : 1. The angle of elevation of the Sun is
(a) 30° (b) 45° !
Short Answer Type Questions
(c) 60° (d) 90°
(v) The angle formed by the line of sight with the 1. If the height of a tower and the distance of the
horizontal when the object viewed is below the point of observation from its foot, both are
horizontal level is increased by 10%, then the angle of elevation of its
(a) corresponding angle top remains unchanged. Explain.
(b) angle of elevation 2. A straight tree is broken due to thunderstorm. The
(c) angle of depression broken part is bent in such a way that the peak of
(d) complete angle the tree touches the ground at an angle of 60° at a
22. A Satellite flying at height h is watching the top of distance of 2 3 m. Find the whole height of the tree.
the two tallest mountains in Uttarakhand and 3. Determine the height of a mountain, if the
Karnataka ,they being Nanda Devi (height 7,816m) elevation of its top at an unknown distance from the
and Mullayanagiri (height 1,930 m). The angles of base is 30° and at a distance 10 km farther off from
depression from the satellite to the top of Nanda the mountain, along the same line, the angle of
Devi and Mullayanagiri are 30° and 60°, elevation is 15°. (take tan 15° = 0.27)
98 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
4. There is a flag staff on a tower of height 20 m. At a 15. The angle of elevation of an aeroplane from a point
point on the ground, the angles of elevation of the on the ground is 45°. After flying for 15 s, the angle
foot and top of the flag are 45° and 60°, respectively. of elevation changes to 30°. If the aeroplane is
Find the height of the flag staff. flying at a constant height of 2500 m, then find the
5. If the length of the shadow of a tower is increasing, average speed of the aeroplane. [CBSE 2013]
then the angle of elevation of the Sun is also 16. The shadow of a flag staff is three times as long as the
increasing. Why or why not? shadow of the flag staff, when the Sun rays meet the
6. A window in a building is at a height of 10 m from ground at an angle of 60°. Find the angle between the
the ground. The angle of depression of a point P on Sun rays and the ground at the time of longer shadow.
the ground from the window is 30°. The angle of 17. An aeroplane, when flying at a height of 4000 m
elevation of the top of the building from the point P from the ground, passes vertically above another
is 60°. Find the height of the building. [CBSE 2007] aeroplane at an instant when the angles of elevation
7. A player sitting on the top of a tower of height 20 m of two planes from the same point on the ground
observes the angle of depression of a ball lying on are 60° and 45°, respectively. Find the vertical
the ground as 60°. Find the distance between the distance between the aeroplanes at that instant.
foot of the tower and the ball. 18. There is a small island in the middle of a 100 m
8. If two towers of height x m and y m subtend angles wide river and a tall tree stands on the island. P and
of 30° and 60°, respectively at the centre of the line Q are points directly opposite to each other on two
joining their feet, then find x : y. [CBSE 2015]
banks and in line with the tree. If the angles of
elevation of the top of the tree from P and Q are
9. If a man standing on a platform 3 m above the respectively 30° and 45°, then find the height of the
surface of a lake observes a cloud and its reflection
in the lake, then the angle of elevation of the cloud tree. [take, 3 = 1.732]
is equal to the angle of depression of its reflection.
State true or false. Justify.
!
Long Answer Type Questions
10. From the top of a hill, the angles of depression of 19. An aeroplane is at an altitude of 1200 m. If two
two consecutive kilometre stones due East are ships are sailing towards it in the same direction.
found to be 30° and 45°. Find the height of the hill. The angles of depression of the ships as observed
[CBSE 2015] from the aeroplane are 60° and 30°, respectively.
11. The shadow of a tower is 30 m long, when the Sun’s Find the distance between both ships.
angle of elevation is 30°. What is the length of the 20. The angles of depression of two consecutive kilometre
shadow, when Sun’s elevation is 60°? stones on the road on right and left of an aeroplane
12. Two ships are there in the sea on either side of a are 60° and 45°, respectively as observed from the
light house in such a way that the ships and the base aeroplane. Find the height of the aeroplane.
of the light house are in the same straight line. 21. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower at a
The angle of depression of two ships as observed distance of 120 m from a point A on the ground
from the top of the light house are 60° and 45°. is 45°. If the angle of elevation of the top of a flag
If the height of the light house is 200 m, then find staff fixed at the top of the tower, at A is 60°, then
the distance between the two ships. [CBSE 2014] find the height of the flag staff. [use, 3 =1.73]
13. From the top of a tower of height 50 m, the angles [CBSE 2014]
of depression of the top and bottom of a pole are 30° 22. A balloon is connected to an electric pole. It is
and 45°, respectively. Find [CBSE 2015] inclined at 60° to the horizontal by a cable of length
(i) how far the pole is from the bottom of the tower. 215 m. Determine the height of the balloon from
(ii) the height of the pole. [ take, 3 = 1.732 ] the ground. Also, find the height of the balloon, if
the angle of inclination is changed from 60° to 30°.
14. A man standing on the deck of a ship, which is 10 m [CBSE 2015]
above the water level. He observes that the angle of
23. A man in a boat rowing away from a light house 100
elevation of the top of a hill is 60° and the angle of
m high takes 2 min to change the angle of elevation of
depression of the base of the hill is 30°. Calculate
the light house from 60° to 45°. Find the speed of
the distance of the hill from the ship and height of
boat.
the hill. [CBSE 2016]
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 99
24. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from the opposite side of the lane are found to be α and β,
certain point is 30°. If the observer moves 20 m respectively. Prove that the height of the other house
towards the tower, the angle of elevation of the top is h(1 + tan α cot β) m.
increases by 15°. Find the height of the tower. 32. The lower window of a house is at a height of 2 m
25. The shadow of a tower standing on a level plane is above the ground and its upper window is 4 m
found to be 50 m longer when Sun’s elevation is 30° vertically above the lower window. At any instant the
than when it is 60°. Find the height of the tower. angles of elevation of a balloon from these windows
26. A vertical tower stands on a horizontal plane and is are observed to be 60° and 30°, respectively. Find
surmounted by a vertical flag staff of height h. At a the height of the balloon above the ground.
point on the plane, the angles of elevation of the !
Case Based Questions
bottom and the top of the flag staff are α and β
respectively. Prove that the height of the tower is 33. A girl 8 m tall spots a parrot sitting on the top of a
building of height 58 m from the ground. The angle
⎛ h tan α ⎞
⎜ ⎟. of elevation of the parrot from the eyes of girl at
⎝ tan β − tan α ⎠ any instant is 60°. The parrot flies away
27. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower 30 m horizontally in such a way that it remained at a
high from the foot of another tower in the same constant height from the ground. After 8 s, the
plane is 60° and the angle of elevation of the top of angle of elevation of the parrot from the same point
the second tower from the foot of the first tower is is 30°.
30°. Find the distance between the two towers and
also the height of the tower.
28. From the top of a tower h m high, angles of
depression of two objects, which are in line with the
foot of the tower are α and β (β > α). Find the
58 m
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions 4. (b) Let the distance of the foot of tower from the point be
1. (b) Let the angle of elevation of the Sun is θ. QR = x m.
P
A
30°
60 m
h
30°
Q x R
θ
B C
√3h and height PR = 60 m and ∠PQR = 30°
Given, height of pole = h PR 60
In ΔPRQ, tan 30° = =
AC h QR x
Now, in ΔABC, tan θ = =
BC 3h 1 60
⇒ = ⇒ x = 60 3 m
1 3 x
⇒ tan θ = = tan 30°
3 5. (a) In right angled ΔABC, ∠B = 90°
⇒ θ = 30° D A
Hence, the angle of elevation of the Sun is 30°. θ
m
85
8. (a) Let XZ be the length and YZ be the height of the ramp.
Z
θ
A C
1m
BC
In ΔABC, sin θ =
30° AB
X Y 15 BC
⇒ =
Then, ∠ZXY = 30° and YZ = 1 m 17 85
In right angled ΔXYZ, ⇒ BC = 75 m
Perpendicular YZ Hence, height of kite is 75 m
sin 30° = =
Hypotenuse XZ 11. (b) Let BC = h m be the height of the tower and A be the
1 1 point on the ground such that, ∠BAC = θ.
⇒ = ⇒ XZ = 2 m
2 XZ C
Hence, the length of ramp is 2 m.
9. (b) Let C be the position of the kite and AC be the length of
hm
the string which makes an angle of 60° with the ground. The
height of the kite from the ground is BC = 80 m.
C θ
A 120 m B
Then, AB = 120 m
80 m In right angled ΔABC,
Perpendicular BC h
tan θ = = =
60° Base AB 120
A B 5 h ⎡ 5 ⎤
⇒ = Q tan θ = , given
12 120 ⎢⎣ 12 ⎥⎦
In right angled ΔABC,
Perpendicular BC ⇒ h = 50 m
sin 60° = =
Hypotenuse AC Hence, height of the tower is 50 m.
3 80 12. (a) Here, CD = 20 m [height of big pole]
⇒ =
2 AC AB = 14 m [height of small pole]
80 × 2 3 D
⇒ AC = × [by rationalising]
3 3
160 3 160 × 1.732 6m
= = = 92. 37 m
3 3
Hence, the length of the string is 92.37 m. B 30°
x E 20 m
10. (a) Given, length of the string of the kite,
AB = 85 m 14 m 14 m
15
and tan θ =
8
8 A C
⇒ cotθ =
15 ∴ DE = CD − CE
Q cosec θ − 1 = cot 2 θ
2
⇒ DE = CD − AB [Q AB = CE ]
64 ⇒ DE = 20 − 14 = 6 m
∴ cosec2θ − 1 =
225 DE
64 289 In ΔBDE, sin 30° =
⇒ cosec2θ = 1 + = BD
225 225 1 6
⇒ = ⇒ BD = 12 m
289 17 2 BD
⇒ cosec θ = =
225 15 ∴ Length of wire = 12 m
102 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
20.5 m
A
22 m
D 30º
θ 150 m
D C
20.5 m
1.5 m
30º
A B
20.5 m C B
20 m
hm
45°
60°
45° A ym B
C B
40 m Let the point A be at a distance y m
Then, in right angled ΔABC, from the foot of the building.
Perpendicular AB Now, in ΔABC,
tan 45° = = BC
Base BC = tan 45° = 1
h h AB
⇒ tan 45° = ⇒ 1= [Q tan 45° = 1] 20
40 40 ⇒ =1
∴ h = 40 m y
Hence, the height of tower is 40 m. ⇒ y = 20 m
15. (d) Let AB = 150 m be the height of building and C be a i.e. AB = 20 m
BD
point on the ground such that ∠ACB = 45°. Now, in ΔABD, = tan 60° = 3
AB
A
BD
⇒ = 3
AB
150 m 20 + x
⇒ = 3
20
45° ⇒ 20 + x = 20 3
C B ⇒ x = 20 3 − 20
In right angled ΔABC, = 20( 3 − 1)
Perpendicular AB
tan 45° = = = 20(1.732 − 1)
Base BC ⇒ x = 20 × 0.732 = 14. 64 m
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 103
18. (d) Let BC be the width of the river and A, B be the ends of 20. (i) (b) Let in ΔABC, AC will be rope and AB be a vertical
river such that AB = 150 m = Length of the bridge [given] pole.
and ∠BAC = 45°. A
B edge of river
m
20
River River
45°
edge of river
A C 60°
C B
In right angled ΔACB,
Perpendicular Then, AC = 20 m, ∠C = 60°, ∠B = 90°
sin 45° =
Hypotenuse AB
In ΔABC, sin 60° =
1 BC BC 1 AC
⇒ = = [Qsin 45° = ] 3 AB
2 AB 150 2 =
150 2 2 20
∴ BC = × [by rationalising] AB = 10 3 m
2 2
150 BC 1 BC
= 2 = 75 2 (ii) (c) cos 60° = ⇒ =
2 AC 2 20
= 75 × 1.414 [Q 2 = 1.414] BC = 10 m
= 106.05 m (approx.) AB
(iii) (d) sin 45° = [ ∠C = 45° ]
Hence, width of the river is 106.05 m. AC
1 AB 20
19. (i) (b) Radha is more closer to the Parachute because the = ⇒ = AB
angles of elevation of Parachute from these balcony are 2 20 2
observed to be 45°. So, Radha is more closer to the 20 2
⇒ AB = × [by rationalising]
Parachute than Ankit. 2 2
DE
(ii) (d) In ΔDEF, ∠D = 90°, ∠DFE = 45°, tan 45° = = 10 2 m
DF
DE (iv) (a) Length of rope = 20 − 3 = 17 m
⇒ 1= AB
DF sin 45° = [∠C = 45°]
⇒ DE = DF = h m AC
1 AB 17
(iii) (b) In ΔEGC, ∠EGC = 60°, ∠C = 90° = ⇔ AB = m
2 17 2
CE
tan 60° = A
CG
CD + DE h+6
3= ⇒ 3= [Q CG = DF ]
CG DF
m
17
h+6
⇒ 3=
h 45°
6 6 C B
⇒ 3 =1+ ⇒ ( 3 − 1) =
h h (v) (c) in this, mathematical concept trigonometric ratio is
6 3+1 used here, which is application of trigonometry.
∴ h= × [by rationalising]
( 3 − 1) 3+1 21. (i) (b) Let AB be the monument of height 42 m and C is the
6( 3 + 1) point where they are standing, such that BC = 42 m.
= [Q ( a + b )( a − b ) = a 2 − b 2 ] A
( 3 ) 2 − (1 ) 2
6 ( 3 + 1) 6 ( 3 + 1)
= = = 3 ( 3 + 1) m
3−1 2
42 m
(iv) (d) Height of the Parachute from the ground is BE, then
BE = BC + CD + DE
θ
BE = 3 + 6 + 3( 3 + 1) C B
42 m
= 9 + 3 ( 3 + 1)
Now, in ΔABC,
=9+ 3 3 + 3 AB
tan θ =
= 12 + 3 3 BC
= 3( 4 + 3) m 42
⇒ tan θ = =1
(v) (c) If the Parachute is moving towards the building, then 42
both angles of elevation will decreases. ⇒ tan θ = 1 ⇒ θ = 45°
104 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
(ii) (d) In ΔABC, 22. As it is given that satellite is the mid-point of the two
A mountain hills i.e. I is the mid-point of DS.
F
30° 60°
42 m
A 30°
G
60°
C B
60°
7816 m H P
AB
tan 60° = 968500 m 968500 m 1930 m
BC
42 D
3= I S
BC
42 42 3 1937000 m
BC = = × [by rationalising]
3 3 3 (i) (b) We have, AG = DI = 968500 m
42 3 Now, in ΔFAG,
= = 14 3 AG
3 cos 30° =
= 14 × 1.732 = 24.24 m AF
(iii) (a) Let AB = h be the height of the tower. 3 968500
⇒ =
2 AF
A
968500 × 2 1937000
⇒ AF = =
3 1.73
= 1119653.18 m
hm
= 1119. 65 km
(ii) (c) We have, HP = IS = 968500 m
60°
C B Now, in ΔFHP,
20 m
HP
AB h cos 60° =
Now, in ΔABC, tan 60° = ⇒ 3= ⇒ h = 20 3 m FP
BC 20 1 968500
=
(iv) (b) Let h and x be the height and length of shadow of the 2 FP
vertical tower. FP = 968500 × 2 = 1937000 m = 1937 km
A
FG 1 FG
(iii) (b) In ΔFAG, tan 30° = ⇒ =
AG 3 968500
968500
hm ⇒ FG = = 559826. 59 m
3
= 559. 82 km
θ
C B ∴Height of satellite from ground = FI = FG + GI
xm = 559. 82 + 7. 816
Now, in ΔABC, [Q GI = AD = 7816 m = 7. 816 km ]
AB h = 567. 64 km
tan θ = ⇒ tan θ =
BC x (iv) (b) Let E be the position of man.
⇒ tan θ = 1 [Q h : x = 1 : 1] A
⇒ θ = 45°
(v) (c) The angle of depression of the object viewed, is the
angle formed by the line of sight with the horizontal,
when it is below the horizontal level.
θ
Horizontal line D E
O 7816 m
Angle of depression
Then, DE = 7816 m
Li
AD 7816
ne
In ΔADE, tan θ = = =1
of
DE 7816
sig
ht
(v) (c) Let T be the point where mile stone is kept. 2. Let AB be the tree whose part AC breaks and touches the
P ground at D.
Then, BD = 2 3 m [given]
and AC = CD
1930 m A
45°
T S
PS
So, In ΔPST, tan 45° =
TS C
1930
⇒ 1= ⇒ TS = 1930 m
TS
Subjective Questions
60°
1. Case I Let the height of a tower be h and the distance of the B D
2 √3 m
point of observation from its foot be x.
In ΔABC, In right angled ΔCBD,
AC h BD
tan θ1 = = cos 60° =
BC x CD
⎛ h⎞ 1 2 3 ⎡ 1 ⎤
⇒ θ1 = tan −1 ⎜ ⎟ ...(i) ⇒ = Q cos 60° = and BD = 2 3 m
⎝ x⎠ 2 CD ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
A ⇒ CD = 2 × 2 3 = 4 3
= 4 × 1.732 = 6.928 m [Q 3 = 1.732]
h ∴ AC = CD = 6.928 m
Again, in right angled ΔCBD,
θ1 BC
B C tan 60° =
x BD
BC
Case II Now, the height of the tower increased by 10% ⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3 and BD = 2 3 m]
10 11 h 2 3
= h + 10% of h = h + h × = ⇒ BC = 3 × 2 3 = 6 m
100 10
and the distance of the point of observation from its foot Now, AB = AC + BC
= x + 10% of x = 6.928 + 6 = 12.928 m (approx.)
10 11x Hence, whole height of the tree is 12.928 m.
=x+x × =
100 10 3. Let AB = h km be the height of the mountain. Let C be a
P point at a distance of x km from the base of the mountain
such that ∠ACB = 30° and let D be a point at a distance of
11h 10 km from C along the same line. Then, ∠ADB = 15°
10 and AD = AC + DC = ( x + 10) km
θ2 B
Q R
11x
10
h km
⎛ 11h ⎞
⎜ ⎟
PR ⎝ 10 ⎠ 30°
In ΔPQR, tan θ 2 = = D 15°
QR ⎛ 11x ⎞ C A
⎜ ⎟
⎝ 10 ⎠
h In right angled ΔBAC,
⇒ tan θ 2 = AB
x tan 30° =
AC
⎛ h⎞
⇒ θ 2 = tan −1 ⎜ ⎟ ...(ii) 1 h ⎡ 1 ⎤
⎝ x⎠ ⇒ = Q tan 30° =
3 x ⎢⎣ 3 ⎥⎦
From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
⇒ x=h 3 ...(i)
θ1 = θ 2
In right angled ΔBAD ,
Hence, the required angle of elevation of its top remains AB
unchanged. tan 15° =
AD
106 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
7. Let AB = 20 m be the height of tower and let the ball lying So, angle of depression is different in the lake from the angle
on the ground at point C. of elevation of the cloud above the surface of a lake.
Given, angle of depression, C
∠TAC = 60° = ∠ACB [alternate angles]
A hm
T
60°
θ1
P M
θ2 3m
20 m Q O
60° h
C B
In right angled ΔABC, θ R
AB
tan 60° = CM h
BC In ΔMPC, tan θ1 = =
20 PM PM
⇒ 3= tan θ1 1
BC ⇒ = …(i)
20 20 h PM
⇒ BC = = = 11.55 m RM OR + OM h + 3
3 1.732 In ΔRPM, tan θ 2 = = =
PM PM PM
Hence, the distance between the foot of the tower and the
tan θ 2 1
ball is 11.55 m. ⇒ = …(ii)
h + 3 PM
8. Let AB be the tower of height x m , and CD be the tower of
height y m. From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
D tan θ1 tan θ 2 ⎛ h + 3⎞
= ⇒ tan θ 2 = ⎜ ⎟ tan θ1
B h h+3 ⎝ h ⎠
ym So, θ1 ≠ θ 2
xm
60°
Hence, it is a false statement.
30°
A E C 10. Let AB = h km be the height of the hill and C, D be two
a a
consecutive stones such that CD = 1 km .
Let E be the mid-point of the line AC. Then, ∠AEB = 30° Let BC be x km, then BD = BC + CD = ( x + 1) km
and ∠CED = 60°.
A 30°
Also, AE = EC = a m (let) X
In right angled ΔBAE, 45°
AB x
tan 30°= =
AE a
1 x a h km
⇒ = ⇒x = …(i)
3 a 3
and in right angled ΔDCE, 45° 30°
DC y x km C 1 km D
tan 60° = = B
CE a (x+1) km
y
⇒ 3 = ⇒ y = 3a …(ii)
a Now, ∠ ADB = ∠XAD = 30° [alternate angles]
[Q Eq. (i) divide by Eq. (ii)] and ∠ ACB = ∠XAC = 45° [alternate angles]
a In right angled ΔABC,
x 1 1
∴ = 3 = = tan 45° =
Perpendicular AB
=
y 3a 3× 3 3 Base BC
Hence, x : y = 1 : 3 h
⇒ 1 = ⇒x = h …(i)
9. From figure, we observe that, a man standing on a platform x
at point P, 3 m above the surface of a lake observes a cloud at AB
Now, in right angled ΔABD, tan 30° =
point C. Let the height of the cloud from the surface of the BD
platform is h and angle of elevation of the cloud is θ1. 1 h ⎡ 1 ⎤
Now at same point P, a man observes a cloud reflection in ⇒ = Q tan 30°=
3 x+1 ⎢⎣ 3 ⎥⎦
the lake at this time the height of reflection of cloud in lake 1 h
is ( h + 3) because in lake platform height is also added to ⇒ = [from Eq. (i)]
reflection of cloud. 3 h+1
108 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
50 m
hm 30º
E xm C
ym
30° 60° ym
C D B
xm 45º
30 m
A xm B
Clearly, in ΔABC, we have
Then, ∠DEC = 30°, ∠DAB = 45°
Perpendicular AB h
tan 30° = = = and DC = DB − BC = DB − AE [Q BC = AE ]
Base BC 30
1 h 30 ⇒ DC = ( 50 − y ) m
⇒ = ⇒h = (i) In right angled ΔABD,
3 30 3
Perpendicular BD
30 3 30 3 tan 45° = =
⇒ × = = 10 3 m Base AB
3 3 3 50
AB h ⇒ 1= ⇒ x = 50 m …(i)
Also, in ΔABD , tan 60° = = x
BD x ∴ The pole is 50 m away from the foot of the tower.
10 3 (ii) In right angled ΔECD ,
⇒ 3= ⇒ x = 10 m
x Perpendicular DC
tan 30° = =
Hence, length of shadow is 10 m, when angle of elevation is Base EC
60°. 1 50 − y ⎡ 1 ⎤
12. Let PM be the light house of height 200 m and let A and B be ⇒ = tan 30° =
3 x ⎢⎣ 3 ⎥⎦
two ships on either sides of light house such that the angles
1 50 − y
of depression of A and B are 60° and 45°, respectively. ⇒ = [Q x = 50 m from Eq. (i)]
3 50
Let AM = x m and BM = y m
Then, ∠XPB = ∠MBP = 45° [alternate angles] ⇒ 3 ( 50 − y ) = 50
and ∠YPA = ∠MAP = 60° [alternate angles] 50
⇒ 50 − y =
P 3
X Y
45° 60° ⎛ 1 ⎞
⇒ y = 50 ⎜1 − ⎟
⎝ 3⎠
200 m ⎛ 1 ⎞
= 50⎜1 − ⎟
⎝ 1.732 ⎠
45° 60°
B A = 50(1 − 0. 57737 )
ym M xm
= 50 × 0. 4226
In right angled ΔAMP, = 21.13 m
Perpendicular PM
tan 60° = = ∴ Height of the pole = 21.13 m
Base AM
200 14. Let a man is standing on the deck of a ship at point A such
⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3 ] that AB = 10 m and let CD be the hill.
x
200 200 Then, ∠EAD = 60°
⇒ x= m= m = 115. 47 m and ∠CAE = ∠BCA = 30° [alternate angles]
3 1.732
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 109
Let BC = x m = AE and DE = h m 16. Let AB be the flag staff of height h units and AC = x units be
D length of its shadow, when the Sun rays meet the ground at
an angle of 60°.
Also, let θ be the angle between the Sun rays and the
hm ground, when the length of the shadow of the flag staff is
AD = 3x units.
B
60°
A E
30° h
10 m 10 m
30° θ 60°
B C D
xm A
C
2x x
In right angled ΔAED ,
Perpendicular DE h In right angled ΔCAB,
tan 60° = = =
Base EA x Perpendicular AB
h tan 60° = =
⇒ 3 = ⇒h = 3x Base AC
x h
⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3 ]
In right angled ΔABC, x
AB 1 10 ⎡ 1 ⎤ ⇒ h = 3x ...(i)
tan 30° = ⇒ = Q tan 30° =
BC 3 x ⎢⎣ 3 ⎥⎦ Now, in right angled ΔDAB,
⇒ x = 10 3 m AB AB
tan θ = = [Q AD = DC + CA ]
⇒ h = 10 3 × 3 = 30 m AD DC + CA
h h
∴The height of hill, CD = h + 10 = 30 + 10 = 40 m ⇒ tan θ = =
2 x + x 3x
Hence, The distance of the hill from the ship is 10 3 m and
height of the hill is 40 m. 3x
= [from Eq. (i)]
15. Let OX be the horizontal ground; A and B be the two 3x
positions of the plane and O be the point of observation. 1 ⎡ 1 ⎤
= = tan 30° Q tan 30° =
A B 3 ⎣⎢ 3 ⎦⎥
∴ θ = 30°
Hence, the angle between the sun rays and the ground at the
2500 m time of longer shadow is 30°.
17. Let P and Q be the positions of two aeroplanes, where P is
45°
vertically above Q and OP = 4000 m.
O X P
C D
Here, AC = BD = 2500 m , ∠AOC = 45°
and ∠BOD = 30°
Q 4000 m
In right angled ΔOCA,
Base OC
cot 45° = =
perpendicular AC 60°
A 45°
OC O
⇒ 1= [Q cot 45° = 1]
AC Here, ∠PAO = 60° and ∠QAO = 45°
⇒ OC = AC = 2500 m Now, in right angled ΔAOP,
In right angled ΔODB, Perpendicular OP
OD OD tan 60° = =
cot 30°= ⇒ 3= Base AO
BD 2500 4000
⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3 ]
⇒ OD = 2500 3 m AO
Now, CD = OD − OC = 2500 3 − 2500 4000
⇒ AO = ...(i)
= 2500( 3 − 1) = 2500(1.732 − 1) 3
= 2500 × 0.732 = 1830 m In right angled ΔAOQ,
OQ OQ
Thus, distance covered by plane in 15 s is 1830 m. tan 45° = ⇒ 1= [∴ tan 45° = 1]
1830 60 × 60 OA OA
∴Speed of plane = × = 439.2 km/h ⇒ OA = OQ ...(ii)
15 1000
110 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
⇒ 3 − 3x = x
⇒ 3 = 3x + x
C
⇒ ( 3 + 1) x = 3 B
3 3 3 −1
⇒ x= = × 30°
3+1 3+1 3 −1 60°
E A
[by rationalising]
3− 3 Given, length of cable, DE = 215 m
= In right angled ΔEAD,
( 3 ) 2 − (1 ) 2
Perpendicular AD
[Q ( a + b )( a − b ) = a 2 − b 2] sin 60° = =
Hypotenuse ED
3 − 3 3 − 1.732 3 AD ⎡ 3⎤
= = [Q 3 = 1.732]
2 2 ⇒
2
=
215 ⎢Q sin 60°= 2 ⎥
⎣ ⎦
1.268
= = 0.634 km 215 3
2 ⇒ AD = m
Hence, the height of the aeroplane is 0.634 km. 2
Hence , initial height of the balloon from the ground is
21. Let height of the tower, BC = h m and height of the flagstaff
215 3
CD = H m . m.
2
∴ BD = BC + CD = ( h + H )m …(i)
Given, AB =120 m, ∠CAB = 45° and ∠DAB = 60° Again, in right angled ΔEAD,
D Base AE AE
cos 60° = = =
Hm
Hypotenuse DE 215
C
1 AE ⎡ 1⎤
⇒ = Q cos 60° =
2 215 ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
(h+H) m
215
⇒ AE = m …(i)
hm 2
Now, the angle of inclination is changed, say ∠CEA = 30°.
45° 60° In right angled ΔEAC,
A
120 m B Perpendicular AC
tan 30° = =
In right angled ΔABC, we get Base EA
BC ⎡ Perpendicular ⎤ 1 AC × 2
tan 45° = Q tan θ = ⇒ =
AB ⎢⎣ Base ⎥⎦ 3 215
h ⇒ 2 3AC = 215
⇒ 1= [Q tan 45° = 1]
120 215
⇒ AC = m
⇒ h = 120 m …(ii) 2 3
BD
Now, in right angled ΔABD, we get tan 60°= 23. Let the height of the light house AB be 100 m. C and D be
AB the positions of man when angle of elevation changes from
h +H
⇒ 3= …(iii) 60° to 45°, respectively. The man has covered a distance CD
120 in 2 min.
[Q tan 60° = 3 and from Eq. (i)] Distance CD
Q Speed = ⇒ Speed = ...(i)
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), Time 2
120 + H In right angled ΔABC,
3=
120 A
⇒ 120 3 = 120 + H
⇒ H = 120 ( 3 − 1) 100 m
Light house
= 120(1.732 − 1)
= 120 × 0.732 = 87. 84 m 45° 60°
Hence, height of flag staff is 87.84 m. D
C B
112 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Perpendicular AB ⇒ 20 = h 3 − h
tan 60° = =
Base BC ⇒ h ( 3 − 1) = 20
100
⇒ 3= [Q tan 60° = 3 ] 20 3+1
BC ∴ h= ⋅ [by rationalisation]
100 3 3 −1 3+1
⇒ BC = m ...(ii)
3 20 ( 3 + 1)
⇒ =
In right angled ΔABD, 3−1
AB 20 ( 3 + 1)
tan 45° = =
BD 2
100 ⇒ = 10 ( 3 + 1) m
⇒ 1= [Q tan 45° = 1]
BD
Hence, the required height of tower is 10 ( 3 + 1) m.
⇒ BD = 100 m
100 3 25. Let the height of the tower be h and RQ = x m
Now, CD = BD − BC = 100 −
3 Given that, PR = 50 m
⎛ 3 − 3⎞ and ∠SPQ = 30° , ∠SRQ = 60°
100 ⎜ ⎟ SQ
CD ⎝ 3 ⎠ 50 Now, in ΔSRQ, tan 60° =
and Speed = = = ( 3 − 3 ) m/min RQ
2 2 3
h h
24. Let the height of the tower be h. ⇒ 3= ⇒ x= …(i)
x 3
Also, SR = x m, ∠PSR = θ
SQ SQ h
Given that, QS = 20 m and in ΔSPQ, tan 30° = = =
PQ PR + RQ 50 + x
and ∠PQR = 30°
P S Sun
h hm
Since, after moving 20 m towards the tower the angle of flag staff h
elevation of the top increases by 15°.
P
i.e. ∠PSR = θ = ∠PQR + 15°
⇒ θ = 30° + 15 = 45°
h H
∴From Eq. (i) 20 + =h 3
tan 45° β
h α
⇒ 20 + = h 3 R x O
1
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 113
Now, in ΔBAO, H ⎛ 1 ⎞
⇒ H− = 10 ⇒ H ⎜1 − ⎟ = 10
OA 3 ⎝ 3⎠
cos α =
AB ⎛ 3 − 1⎞
⇒ OA = AB cos α …(i) ⇒ H⎜ ⎟ = 10
⎝ 3 ⎠
OB
and sin α = 10 3 3+1
AB ∴ H= ⋅ [by rationalisation]
⇒ OB = BA sin α …(ii) 3 −1 3+1
Now, in ΔQSO, 10 3 ( 3 + 1) 10 3 ( 3 + 1)
= =
OS 3−1 2
cos β =
SQ ⇒ = 5 3 ( 3 + 1) = 5( 3 + 3) m.
⇒ OS = SQ cos β = AB cos β Hence, the required height of the tower is 5 ( 3 + 3) m.
[Q AB = SQ] …(iii)
OQ 31. Let the height of the other house = OQ = H
and sin β =
SQ and OB = MW = x m
Given that, height of the first house = WB = h = MO
⇒ OQ = SQ sin β = AB sin β
and ∠QWM = α, ∠OWM = β = ∠WOB [alternate angle]
[Q AB = SQ] …(iv)
Now, SA = OS − AO Q
P = AB cos β − AB cos α
(H – h )
⇒ P = AB (cos β − cos α) …(v)
and BQ = BO − QO
⇒ q = BA sin α − AB sin β W α
(Window) β MH
x
⇒ q = AB (sin α − sin β) …(vi)
On dividing Eq. (v) by Eq. (vi), we get h h
p AB (cos β − cos α ) cos β − cos α
= = β
q AB (sin α − sin β) sin α − sin β
B x O
p cos β − cos α
⇒ = Hence proved. WB h
q sin α − sin β Now, in ΔWOB, tan β = =
OB x
30. Let the height of vertical tower be, h
OT = H and OP = AB = x m ⇒ x= …(i)
tan β
Given that, AP = 10 m
QM OQ − MO
and ∠TPO = 60° , ∠TAB = 45° And in ΔQWM, tan α = =
WM WM
T
H−h
⇒ tan α =
(H – 10) m
x
H−h
⇒ x= ...(ii)
tan α
45° H
A xm B From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
h H−h
10 m
10 m
=
tan β tan α
60°
P O ⇒ h tan α = (H − h ) tan β
xm
⇒ h tan α = H tan β − h tan β
Now, in ΔTPO, ⇒ H tan β = h(tan α + tan β)
OT H
tan 60° = = ⎛ tan α + tan β⎞
OP x ∴ H=h⎜ ⎟
H H ⎝ tan β ⎠
⇒ 3= ⇒ x= ...(i)
x 3 ⎛ 1 ⎞
= h ⎜1 + tan α ⋅ ⎟
and in ΔTAB, ⎝ tan β⎠
TB H − 10 = h (1 + tan α ⋅ cot β)
tan 45° = =
AB x ⎡ 1 ⎤
⇒ 1=
H − 10
⇒ x = H − 10 ⎢Q cot θ = tan θ ⎥
⎣ ⎦
x
H Hence, the required height of the other house is
⇒ = H − 10 [from Eq. (i)] h (1 + tan α ⋅ cot β) m. Hence proved.
3
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 115
58 m
Balloon
60°
B D A
B 30° 8m
F
(H – 6)
G H
In ΔABC,
w1 30°
Q BC
xm sin 60° =
Upper Hm AC
window
4m CH − BH
⇒ AC =
60° x sin 60°
w2 R
Lower 58 − 8 100
window 2m = = m
3/2 3
P O
xm (ii) If the distance increases, then the angle of elevation
decreases.
Now, in ΔBW2R ,
(iii) Distance between girl and building = AB
BR BQ + QR
tan 60° = = Now, in ΔABC,
W2R x
BC 50
(H − 6 ) + 4 tan 60° = ⇒ 3 AB = 50 ⇒ AB = m
⇒ 3= AB 3
x DE
H −2 (iv) In ΔAED, tan 30° =
⇒ x= ...(i) AD
3 ⇒ AD = 3 BC = 50 3 m
and in ΔBW1Q,
BQ [QED = BC = 58 − 8 = 50]
tan 30° = Now, distance between two position of parrot = EC
W1Q
= BD = AD − AB
H −6 1
⇒ tan 30° = = ⎛ 50 ⎞
x 3 = ⎜ 50 3 − ⎟m
⎝ 3⎠
⇒ x = 3 (H − 6 ) ...(ii)
50( 3 − 1) 100
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), = = = 57. 80 m
1.73 1.73
(H − 2 ) Distance covered
3 (H − 6 ) = (v) Speed of parrot =
3 Time taken
3 (H − 6 ) = H − 2 ⎛ 57. 80⎞
=⎜ ⎟ m/s = 7.225 m/s
⇒ 3H − 18 = H − 2 ⎝ 8 ⎠
Chapter Test
Multiple Choice Questions Based on the above information, answer the following
1. A circus artist is climbing from the ground along a questions.
rope stretched from the top of a vertical pole and tied (i) Measure of ∠ACD is equal to
at the ground. The height of the pole is 12 m and the (a) 30° (b) 45°
angle made by the rope with ground level is 30°. The (c) 60° (d) 90°
distance covered by the artist in climbing to the top of (ii) If ∠YAB = 45°, then ∠ABD is also 45°, Why?
the pole is (a) vertically opposite angles
(a) 12 m (b) 6 m (b) alternate interior angles
(c) 24 m (d) 32 m (c) alternate exterior angles
(d) corresponding angles
2. A ladder 15 m long just reaches the top of a vertical
wall. If the ladder makes an angle of 60° with the wall, (iii) Length of CD is equal to
then the height of the wall is (a) 90 m (b) 50 3 m
15 (c) 50 / 3 m (d) 100 m
(a) 30 m (b) m
2 (iv) Length of BD is equal to
(c) 15 m (d) 25 m (a) 50 m (b) 100 m
(c) 100 2 m (d) 100 3 m
3. A kite is flying at a height of 30 m from the ground.
The length of string from the kite to the ground is (v) Length of AC is equal to
60 m. Assuming that there is no slack in the string, (a) 100 / 3 m (b) 100 3 m
then the angle of elevation of the kite at the ground is (c) 50 m (d) 100 m
(a) 30° (b) 45° Short Answer Type Questions
(c) 60° (d) None of these 7. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower is 30°. If
4. The tops of two poles of height 30 m and 24 m are the height of the tower is doubled, then the angle of
connected by a wire. If the wire makes an angle of 45° elevation of its top will also be doubled. State true or
with the horizontal, then find the length of the wire. false. Explain.
(a) 14 m (b) 3 m 8. A peacock is sitting on the top of a tree. It observes a
(c) 4 m (d) 6 2 m serpent on the ground making an angle of depression
of 30°. The peacock catches the serpent in 12 s with the
5. An observer 3.5 m tall is 38.5 m away from a tower
speed of 300 m/min. What is the height of the tree?
42 m high. The angle of elevation of the top of the
[CBSE 2015]
tower from the eye of the observer is
(a) 30° 9. The angles of elevation and depression of the top and
(b) 90° bottom of a light house from the top of a 60 m high
(c) 45° building are 30° and 60°, respectively. Find the
(d) 60° difference between the heights of the light house and
building.
Case Based MCQs
10. As observed from the top of a 100 m high light house
6. A boy is standing on the top of mountain. He from the sea-level, the angles of depression of two
observed that boat P and boat Q are approaching ships are 30° and 45°. If one ship is exactly behind the
towards mountain from opposite directions. He finds other on the same side of the light house, find the
that angle of depression of boat P is 60° and angle of distance between the two ships. [CBSE 2018]
depression of boat Q is 45°. He also knows that height Long Answer Type Questions
of the mountain is 50 m.
A 11. Two ships are sailing in the sea on either side of the
X Y light house. The angles of depression of two ships as
60° 45°
observed from the top of the light house are 60° and
45°, respectively. If the distance between the ships is
50 m
⎛ 3 + 1⎞
100 ⎜ ⎟ m, then find the height of the light house.
P Q C B ⎝ 3 ⎠
D
Answers
For Detailed Solutions
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (i) (c) (ii) (b) (iii) (c) (iv) (a) (v) (a)
Scan the code
7. False 8. 30 m 9. 20 m 10. 100 ( 3 − 1 ) m 11. 100 m
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 117
CHAPTER 06
Surface Areas
and Volumes
In this Chapter...
! Solid Figures
! Surface Area
! Volume
! Combination of Two Figures
! Conversion of Solid from One Shape to Another
2. Cube Then,
Cube is a special case of cuboid which has 6 equal square faces. (i) Curved surface area (CSA)
= CSA of outer cylinder + CSA of inner cylinder
= 2 πRh + 2 πrh
a = 2π(R + r )h sq units
(ii) Total surface area (TSA)
a = CSA of hollow cylinder + Area of both ends
a = 2π ( R + r )h + 2π ( R 2 − r 2 )
Let its length = breadth = height = a units = 2 π(R + r )h + 2 π(R + r ) (R − r )
∴ Each edge of cube = a units = 2π(R + r ) [ h + R − r ] sq units
Then, (iii) Total outer surface area = 2 πRh + 2 π(R 2 − r 2 ) sq units
(i) Total surface area (TSA) of a cube (iv) Volume of hollow cylinder
= 6 × (Edge ) 2 = 6 a 2 sq units = Volume of outer cylinder
(ii) Lateral surface area of cube = 4 × (Edge ) 2 = 4 a 2 sq units − Volume of inner cylinder
= πR 2 h − πr 2 h
(iii) Diagonal of a cube = 3 × Edge = 3 a units
= π(R 2 − r 2 )h cu units
(iv) Volume of a cube = (Edge ) 3 = a 3 cu units
5. Sphere
3. Right Circular Cylinder
Cylinder is a solid figure obtained by revolving the rectangle, A sphere is a solid generated by the revolution of a
say ABCD, about its one side, say BC. Let base radius of right semi-circle about its diameter. Let radius of sphere be r
circular cylinder be r units and its height be h units. Then, units.
B A
A
r
h r
O
r
D B
C
Then,
(i) Curved surface area (CSA) (i) Surface area (SA) of sphere = 4 πr 2 sq units
= Circumference of the base × Height = 2πrh sq units 4
(ii) Total surface area (TSA) (ii) Volume of sphere = πr 3 cu units
3
= Curved surface area (CSA) + Area of two ends
6. Spherical Shell
= 2 πrh + 2 πr 2 = 2 πr( h + r ) sq units
If R and r are respectively the outer and inner radii of a
(iii) Volume of the cylinder = Area of base × Height spherical shell, then
= πr 2 h cu units (i) Outer surface area = 4 πR 2 sq units
4. Right Circular Hollow Cylinder (ii) Inner surface area = 4 πr 2 sq units
Let R units and r units be the external and internal radii of the 4
(iii) Volume of a hollow sphere = π(R 3 − r 3 ) cu units
hollow cylinder, respectively and h units be its height. 3
R
B
r
A
h O R
r
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 119
(i) Curved surface area (CSA) of hemisphere = 2 πr 2 sq units (i) Surface area of combined solid figure
(ii) Total surface area (TSA) of hemisphere = CSA of cone + CSA of hemisphere
= CSA of hemisphere + Area of one end (ii) Volume of combined solid figure
= 2 πr 2 + πr 2 = 3 πr 2 sq units. = Volume of cone + Volume of hemisphere
2 While calculating the surface area, we have not added the
(iii) Volume of hemisphere = πr 3 cu units surface areas of the two individual solids, rather we have
3
added curved surface area because some part of the surface
8. Right Circular Cone area disappeared in the process of joining them. But this will
not be in the case, when we calculate the volume.
A right circular cone is a solid generated by the revolution of
a right angled triangle about one of its sides containing the Conversion of Solid from One Shape to
right angle as axis as shown in figure. Let height of a right
Another
circular cone be h units and its radius be r units. Then,
(i) Slant height of the cone, Sometimes, we need to convert solid figure of one shape to
another. When we come across objects which are converted
l = AC = r 2 + h 2 units from one shape to another or when a liquid which is
(ii) Curved surface area (CSA) of cone = πrl sq units originally filled in one container of a particular shape is
poured into another container of a different shape or size, the
(iii) Total surface area (TSA) of a cone
volume remains same. e.g.
= Curved surface area (CSA) + Area of the base
(i) If a solid metallic sphere is melted and recast into more
= πrl + πr 2 = πr( l + r ) sq units
than one spherical balls, then volume of metallic sphere
A = Sum of volumes of all spherical balls.
(ii) If the Earth taken out by digging a well and spreading it
uniformly around the well to form an embankment in the
h
l shape of a cylindrical shell from its original shape of right
circular cylinder, then volume of embankment
= Volume of Earth taken out by digging a well.
B r O C Important Results or Formulae
1 2 If a solid of one shape is converted into solid (or solids) of
(iv) Volume of cone = πr h cu units another shape, then
3
(i) Volume of the solid to be converted = Total volume of the
Combination of Two Solids solids into which the given solid is to be converted
Sometimes, we have to find the curved surface area and (ii) Number of solids of a given shape in which a given solid
volume of a solid, which is a combination of two solids. Then, is to be converted
for finding the surface area, we add the curved surface areas Volume of the solid to be converted
=
of individual solids and for finding the volume of this solid, Volume of one converted solid
we add the volumes of individual solids.
120 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Solved Examples
Example 1. Three metallic solid cubes whose edges are We know that,
3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm are melted and formed into a Volume of cylinder = πr 2h
single cube. Find the edge of the cube so formed.
Sol. Given, edges of three solid cubes are 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm,
respectively. 66 cm
10cm
∴ Volume of first cube = ( 3)3 = 27 cm 3
[Q volume of cube = (side) 3]
Volume of second cube = ( 4)3 = 64 cm 3 13 cm
and volume of third cube = ( 5)3 = 125 cm 3 240 cm
Sol. Let radius, height and slant height of a cone are r, h and l, Example 7. In figure, a tent is in the shape of a cylinder
respectively. Then, radius of hemisphere will be r.
surmounted by a conical top. The cylindrical part is
2.1 m high and conical part has slant height
h l 2.8 m. Both the parts have same radius 2 m.
r Find the area of the canvas used to make the tent.
⎡ 22 ⎤
⎢⎣Use π = 7 ⎥⎦
Now, volume of cylinder, Example 10. Two cones with same base radius 8 cm and
V1 = πr12h height 15 cm are joined together along their bases.
22 Find the surface area of the shape so formed.
= × ( 6)2 × 14 = 1584 cm 3
7 Sol. If two cones with same base and height are joined together
1 along their bases, then the shape so formed is look like as
Volume of cone, V2 = πr12h1
3 figure shown.
1 22
= × × ( 6)2 × 14 = 528 cm 3
3 7 8 cm
∴Volume of remaining solid
= Volume of cylinder − Volume of cone 16 cm
15 cm
= V1 − V2 8 cm
= 1584 − 528 = 1056 cm 3
Hence, volume of the remaining solid is 1056 cm 3.
30 cm
Example 9. An ice-cream cone full of ice-cream having
radius 5 cm and height 10 cm as shown in figure Given that, radius of cone, r = 8 cm and height of cone,
5 cm h = 15 cm
So, surface area of the shape so formed
= Curved area of first cone
+ Curved surface area of second cone
= 2 ⋅ Surface area of cone [since, both cones are identical]
10 cm = 2 × πrl = 2 × π × r × r 2 + h 2
22 2 × 22 × 8 × 64 + 225
=2 × × 8 × ( 8)2 + (15)2 =
7 7
44 × 8 × 289 44 × 8 × 17
= =
7 7
Calculate the volume of ice-cream, provided that its 5984 2
= = 854. 85 cm
1 7
part is left unfilled with ice-cream.
6 = 855 cm 2 (approx.)
Sol. Given, ice-cream cone is the combination of a hemisphere Hence, the surface area of shape so formed is 855 cm 2.
and a cone.
Also , radius of hemisphere = 5 cm
Example 11. The barrel of a fountain pen, cylindrical in
2 2 22 shape, is 7 cm long and 0.5 cm in diameter. A full
∴ Volume of hemisphere = πr 3 = × × ( 5) 3 barrel of ink in the pen can be used for writing 275
3 3 7
5500 words on an average. How many words would be
= = 261. 90 cm 3 written using a bottle of ink containing one-fourth
21
of a litre? [CBSE 2015, 14]
Now, radius of the cone = 5 cm
Sol. Given, height of cylindrical pen = 7 cm
and height of the cone = 10 − 5 = 5 cm
1 Diameter 0. 5
∴ Volume of the cone = πr 2h Radius = = cm
3 2 2
1 22 ∴Volume of barrel of a fountain pen = πr 2h
= × × ( 5) 2 × 5 2
3 7 22 ⎛ 0. 5⎞ 22
= ×⎜ ⎟ ×7= cm 3
2750 7 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 16
= = 130. 95 cm 3
21 It is given that, a pen can write 275 words by using the ink
22
Now, total volume of ice-cream cone cm 3.
= 261.90 + 130.95 = 392.85 cm 3 16
∴ Volume of ink = 275 words
1 22
Since, part is left unfilled with ice-cream. ⇒ cm 3 = 275 words
6 16
1 1 275 × 16 1
∴Required volume of ice-cream = 392.85 − 392.85 × ⇒ × 1000 cm 3 = × × 1000 = 50000
6 4 22 4
1
= 392.85 − 65.475 [Q he will use L of ink to write words]
4
= 327.4 cm 3 1
Hence, the pen can write 50000 words by L of ink.
4
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 123
Example 12. 500 persons are taking a dip into a Sol. It is clear, from the figure, length = 20 m
cuboidal pond which is 80 m long and 50 m broad. 1
and width = m of each step.
What is the rise of water level in the pond, if the 2
1
average displacement of the water by a person is and height of Ist step which is in the bottom = m
4
0.04 m 3 ? 1 1
Sol. Let the rise of water level in the pond be h m when 500 ∴Height of second step = 2 × = m
4 2
persons are taking a dip into a cuboidal pond. 1 3
Height of third step = 3 × = m
4 4
h M M
1 10
Height of tenth step = 10 × = m
4 4
Water Total volume of the concrete used
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 10
= 20 × × + 20 × × + 20 × × + ... + 20 × ×
2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4
Given that, [Q volume of cuboid = l × b × h]
1 1
Length of the cuboidal pond = 80 m = 20 × × [1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 10]
2 4
Breadth of the cuboidal pond = 50 m
1 1 10 × 11 ⎡ n ( n + 1) ⎤
Now, volume for the rise of water level in the pond = 20 × × × Q 1 + 2 + ... + n =
2 4 2 ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
= Length × Breadth × Height 3
= 137.5 m
= 80 × 50 × h
= 4000 h m 3 Example 14. A wall 24 m long, 0.4 m thick and 6 m
and the average displacement of the water by a person high is constructed with the bricks each of
= 0. 04 m 3 dimensions 25 cm × 16 cm × 10 cm. If the mortar
1
So, the average displacement of the water by 500 persons occupies th of the volume of the wall, then find
= 500 × 0. 04 m 3
10
the number of bricks used in constructing the wall.
Now, by given condition,
Sol. Given that, a wall is constructed with the help of bricks and
Volume for the rise of water level in the pond = Average mortar.
displacement of the water by 500 persons
∴Number of bricks
⇒ 4000 h = 500 × 0. 04
⎛1 ⎞
500 × 0. 04 20 1 (Volume of wall) − ⎜ th volume of wall ⎟
∴ h= = = m ⎝ 10 ⎠
4000 4000 200 = ...(i)
Volume of a brick
= 0. 005 m Also, given that
= 0. 005 × 100 cm Length of a wall ( l ) = 24 m ,
[Q 1 m = 100 cm ] Thickness of a wall ( b ) = 0. 4 m,
= 0. 5 cm Height of a wall ( h ) = 6 m
Hence, the required rise of water level in the pond is 0.5 cm. So, volume of a wall constructed with the bricks = l × b × h
Example 13. A small terrace at a hockey ground = 24 × 0. 4 × 6
comprises of 10 steps each of which 20 m long and 24 × 4 × 6 3
= m
1 10
built of solid concrete. Each step has a rise of m 1 1 24 × 4 × 6
4 Now, th volume of a wall = ×
1 10 10 10
and a tread of m. Calculate the total volume of 24 × 4 × 6 3
2 = m
concrete required to build the terrace. 102
25
and Length of a brick ( l1 ) = 25 cm = m
100
16
Breadth of a brick ( b1 ) = 16 cm = m
1m 100
2 10
Height of a brick ( h1 ) = 10 cm = m
100
m
1m 1 25 16 10 25 × 16 3
4 m 3m = × × = m
2 4 100 100 100 105
124 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
From Eq. (i), Since, the water is flowing at the rate of 5 km/h.
⎛ 24 × 4 × 6 24 × 4 × 6⎞ Therefore, length of the water flow in x h
⎜ − ⎟
⎝ 10 100 ⎠ = 5x km = 5000x m
Number of bricks =
⎛ 25 × 16⎞ [Q 1 km = 1000 m]
⎜ ⎟
⎝ 105 ⎠ We have, diameter of cylindrical pipe = 14 cm
14 7
24 × 4 × 6 10 5 ∴ Radius of cylindrical pipe, r = = 7 cm = m
= ×9× 2 100
100 25 × 16
Volume of the water flowing through the cylindrical
24 × 4 × 6 × 9 × 1000
= pipe in
25 × 16 2
22 ⎛ 7 ⎞
= 24 × 6 × 9 × 10 = 12960 x h = πr 2h = ×⎜ ⎟ × 5000x
7 ⎝ 100⎠
Hence, the required number of bricks used in constructing
the wall is 12960. = 77 x m 3
Also, volume of the water that falls into the tank in x h
Example 15. Water is flowing at the rate of 5 km/h
= l×b×h
through a pipe of diameter 14 cm into a rectangular 7
tank which is 50 m long and 44 m wide. Determine the = 50 × 44 ×
100
time in which the level of the water in the tank will rise
= 154 m 3
by 7 cm.
⎡ 7 ⎤
14 cm ⎢Q l = 50 m, b = 44 m and h = radius = 100 m ⎥
⎣ ⎦
Q Volume of the water flowing through the cylindrical pipe
in x h = Volume of water that falls in the tank in x h
⇒ 77 x = 154
7 cm
⇒ x =2
44 m Hence, the level of water in the tank will rise by 7 cm in 2 h.
50 m
Sol. Suppose, the level of the water in the tank will rise by 7 cm
in x h.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 125
Chapter
Practice
7. A cylindrical pencil sharpened at one edge is the
PART 1 combination of
(a) a cone and a cylinder
Objective Questions (b) cube and a cylinder
(c) a hemisphere and a cylinder
!
Multiple Choice Questions (d) two cylinders
1. Three cubes each of side 5 cm are joined end to 8. A surahi is the combination of
end, then the surface area of the resulting solid is (a) a sphere and a cylinder
(a) 250 cm 2 (b) 180 cm 2 (b) a hemisphere and a cylinder
(c) 350 cm 2 (d) None of these (c) two hemispheres
(d) a cylinder and a cone
2. A solid ball is exactly fitted inside the cubical box of
side a. The volume of the ball is 9. Two cones have their heights in the ratio 1 : 3 and
1 4 radii in the ratio 3 : 1, then the ratio of their
(a) πa 3 (b) πa 3
6 3 volumes is
1 (a) 1 : 3 (b) 3 : 1
(c) πa 3 (d) None of these
3 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2
3. A cubical icecream brick of edge 22 cm is to be 10. The shape of a gilli, in the gilli-danda game (see
distributed among some children by filling figure) is a combination of
icecream cones of radius 2 cm and height 7 cm upto
its brim. How many children will get icecream
cones? (a) two cylinders
(a) 163 (b) 263 (b) a cone and a cylinder
(c) 363 (d) 463 (c) two cones and a cylinder
4. A right circular cylinder of radius r cm and height h (d) two cylinders and a cone
cm ( where, h > 2 r ) just encloses a sphere of 11. A plumbline (sahul) is the combination of
diameter (see figure)
(a) r cm (b) 2r cm
(c) h cm (d) 2h cm
5. If two solid hemispheres of same base radius r are
joined together along their bases, then curved
surface area of this new solid is
(a) 4πr 2 (b) 6πr 2
(a) a cone and a cylinder (b) a hemisphere and a cone
(c) 3πr 2 (d) 8πr 2
(c) cube and a cylinder (d) sphere and cylinder
6. A solid cylinder of radius r and height h is placed
over other cylinder of same height and radius.
12. A solid cone of radius r and height h is placed over
a solid cylinder having same base radius and height
The total surface area of the shape so formed is
as that of a cone. The total surface area of the
(a) 4πr( h 2 + r 2 )
combined solid is
(b) 4πr[ h + r ] (a) πrl + 2 πrh (b) πr 2( l + 2 h )
(c) 4π ( h 2 + r 2 )
2 2
(c) πr [ r + h + 2 h + r ] (d) None of these
(d) None of the above
126 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
13. The capacity of a cylindrical vessel with a 20. A wooden article was made by scooping out a
hemispherical portion raised upward at the bottom hemisphere from each end of a solid cylinder, as
πr 2 shown in figure. If the height of the cylinder is
as shown in the figure is [ 3h − 2 r ]. 10 cm and its base is of radius 3.5 cm. Find the total
3
surface area of the article.
r cm
h cm
1 2
(a) πr 2[2 h − 3r ] (b) πr 2[ 3h − 2 r ] [CBSE 2018]
3 3
(a) 374 cm 2 (b) 370 cm 2
1 2
(c) πr [ 3h − 2 r ] (d) None of these (c) 475 cm 2 (d) None of these
3
21. A heap of rice is in the form of a cone of base
14. The diameter of a sphere is 6 cm. It is melted and
diameter 24 m and height 3.5 m. Find the volume of
drawn into a wire of diameter 2 mm.
the rice. How much canvas as cloth is required to
The length of the wire is
just cover the heap? [CBSE 2018]
(a) 12 m (b) 18 m
(a) 105.5 m 2 (b) 471.42 m 2
(c) 36 m (d) 66 m
(c) 173.5 m 2 (d) None of these
15. During conversion of a solid from one shape to
another, the volume of the new shape will 22. A mason constructs a wall of dimensions
(a) increase (b) decrease
270 cm × 300 cm × 350 cm with the bricks each of
(c) remain unaltered (d) be doubled size 22.5 cm × 11.25 cm × 8.75 cm and it is assumed
1
16. From a solid circular cylinder with height 10 cm that space is covered by the mortar. Then, the
8
and radius of the base 6 cm, a right circular cone of
number of bricks used to construct the wall is
the same height and same base is removed, then the
(a) 11100 (b) 11200 (c) 11000 (d) 11300
volume of remaining solid is
(a) 280 π cm 3 (b) 330 π cm 3 !
Case Based MCQs
3 3
(c) 240 π cm (d) 440 π cm
23. To make the learning process more interesting
17. A 20 m deep well, with diameter 7 m is dug and the creative and innovative Shavya’s class teacher
earth from digging is evently spread out to form a brings clay in the classroom, to teach the topic.
platform 22 m by 14 m. The height of the platform Surface Areas and Volumes. With clay, she forms a
is cylinder of radius 4 cm and height 18 cm. Then, she
(a) 2.5 m (b) 3.5 m moulds the cylinder into a sphere and ask some
(c) 3 m (d) 2 m question to students.
18. If the radius of the base of a right circular cylinder
is halved, keeping the height same, then find the
ratio of the volume of the cylinder thus obtained to
the volume of original cylinder. [CBSE 2009]
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 4 2 5
19. Marbles of diameter 1.4 cm are dropped into a
cylindrical beaker of diameter 7 cm containing
some water. The water level rises by 5.6 cm. When
marble dropped into the beaker, then the number of
marble is (i) The radius of the sphere so formed is
(a) 150 (b) 160
(a) 4 cm (b) 6 cm
(c) 175 (d) 235
(c) 7 cm (d) 8 cm
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 127
(ii) The volume of the sphere so formed is 25. The Great Stupa at Sanchi is one of the oldest stone
(a) 905.14 cm3 (b) 903.27 cm3 structures in India, and an important monument of
(c) 1296.5 cm3 (d) 1156.63 cm3 Indian Architecture. It was originally
(iii) Find the ratio of the volume of sphere to the commissioned by the emperor Ashoka in the 3rd
volume of cylinder. century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 hemispherical brick structure built over the relics
(c) 1 : 1 (d) 3 : 1 of the Buddha. It is a perfect example of
(iv) Total surface area of the cylinder is combination of solid figures. A big hemispherical
(a) 553.14 cm2 (b) 751.52 cm2 dome with a cuboidal structure mounted on it.
(c) 625 cm2 (d) 785.38 cm2
22
(take π = )
(v) During the conversion of a solid from one shape to 7 [CBSE Question Bank]
another the volume of new shape will
(a) be increase (b) be decrease
(c) remain unaltered (d) be double
24. Geeta and Meena have 10 and 6 CD respectively,
each of radius 4 cm and thickness 1 cm. They place
their CD one above the other to form solid
cylinders.
Chattra
Dome Harmika
Toranas Balustrade
Stairs
17. The barrel of a fountain pen, cylindrical in shape, is 26. A medicine-capsule is in the shape of a cylinder of
7 cm long and 5 mm in diameter. A full barrel of ink diameter 0.5 cm with two hemispheres stuck to
in the pin is used up on writing 3300 words on an each of its ends. The length of entire capsule is
average. How many words can be written in a bottle 2 cm. The capacity of the capsule is
of ink containing one-fifth of a litre? 27. A rocket is in the form of a right circular cylinder
18. Water flows at the rate of 10 m min −1 through a closed at the lower end and surmounted by a cone
cylindrical pipe 5 mm in diameter. How long would it with the same radius as that of the cylinder. The
take to fill a conical vessel whose diameter at the diameter and height of the cylinder are 6 cm and
base is 40 cm and depth 24 cm? 12 cm, respectively. If the slant height of the
19. Water flows through a cylindrical pipe, whose inner conical portion is 5 cm, then find the total surface
radius is 1 cm, at the rate of 80 cms −1 in an empty area and volume of the rocket. [use π = 3.14]
cylindrical tank, the radius of whose base is 40 cm. 28. A solid toy is in the form of a hemisphere
What is the rise of water level in tank in half an hour? surmounted by a right circular cone. The height
20. A factory manufactures 120000 pencils daily. The of the cone is 3 cm and the diameter of the base is
pencils are cylindrical in shape each of length 25 cm 4 cm. Determine the volume of the solid toy. If a
and circumference of base as 1.5 cm. Determine the right circular cylinder circumscribes the toy, then
cost of colouring the curved surfaces of the pencils find the difference of the volumes of the cylinder
manufactured in one day at ` 0.05 per dm 2 . and the toy. [take, π = 3 . 14]
21. A well of diameter 10 m is dug 14 m deep. The Earth 29. A wooden toy rocket is in the shape of a cone
taken out of it is spread evenly all around to a width mounted on a cylinder, as shown in figure. The
of 5 m to form an embankment. Find the height of height of the entire rocket is 24 cm, while the
embankment. height of the conical part is 4 cm.
!
Long Answer Type Questions
Base of cylinder
23. If a hollow cube of internal edge 22 cm is filled with Base of cone
spherical marbles of diameter 0.5 cm and it is
1 The base of the conical portion has a diameter of
assumed that space of the cube remains unfilled.
8 6 cm, while the base diameter of the cylindrical
Then, the number of marbles that the cube can portion is 4 cm. If the conical portion is to be
accomodate is painted orange and the cylindrical portion yellow,
24. A solid iron cuboidal block of dimensions then find the area of the rocket painted with each
4.4 m × 2.6 m × 1 m is recast into a hollow cylindrical of these colours. [take, π = 3.14]
pipe of internal radius 30 cm and thickness 5 cm. 30. Two solid cones A and B are placed in a cylindrical
Find the length of the pipe. tube as shown in the figure. The ratio of their
25. A building is in the form of a cylinder surmounted by capacities is 2 : 1. Find the heights and capacities
19 3 of cones. Also, find the volume of the remaining
a hemispherical vaulted dome and contains 41 m portion of the cylinder.
21
21 cm
of air. If the internal diameter of dome is equal to its
total height above the floor, find the height of the
6 cm
A B
building?
130 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
After that they went for a jungle trek. The jungle trek 40. On a Sunday, your Parents took you to a fair.
was enjoyable but tiring. As dusk fell, it was time to take You could see lot of toys displayed, and you
shelter. Each group of four students was given a canvas wanted them to buy a RUBIK’s cube and
of area 551m2. Each group had to make a conical tent to strawberry ice-cream for you.
accommodate all the four students. Assuming that all the Observe the figures and answer the questions.
stitching and wasting incurred while cutting, would [CBSE Question Bank]
amount to 1 m2, the students put the tents. The radius of
the tent is 7 m. [CBSE Question Bank]
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions
1. (c) Here, on joining three cubes, we get a cuboid whose 3. (c) Given, volume of brick = 22 3 cm 3
length, l = 5 + 5 + 5 = 15 cm, breadth, b = 5 cm and 1
height, h = 5 cm ∴Volume of 1 cone = πr 2h
3
5 cm 5 cm 5 cm 1 22 22 × 4
= × ×2 ×2 ×7=
3 7 3
5 cm Let number of cones = n
I II III
4
Then, n × 22 × = 22 × 22 × 22
5 cm 3
22 × 22 × 3
⇒ n=
∴ Required surface area of the resulting solid 4
= Surface area of new cuboid ∴ n = 121 × 3 = 363
= 2 ( lb + bh + hl ) = 2 (15 × 5 + 5 × 5 + 5 × 15)
4. (b) Because the sphere encloses in the cylinder,
= 2 (75 + 25 + 75) = 2 (175) = 350 cm 2 therefore the diameter of sphere is equal to diameter
2. (a) Because solid ball is exactly fitted inside the cubical box of side of cylinder which is 2r cm.
a. So, a is the diameter for the solid ball. 5. (a) Because curved surface area of a hemisphere is
∴ Radius of the ball =
a 2 πr 2 and here, we join two solid hemispheres along
2 their bases of radius r, from which we get a solid
4 ⎛ a⎞ 1
3 sphere.
So, volume of the ball = π ⎜ ⎟ = πa 3 Hence, the curved surface area of new solid
3 ⎝2⎠ 6
= 2 π r 2 + 2 π r 2 = 4π r 2
132 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
6. (d) Since, the total surface area of cylinder of radius r and and total surface area of a cylinder of base radius, r and
height h = 2 πrh + 2 πr 2 height, h
When one cylinder is placed over the other cylinder of same = Curved surface area + Area of both base
height and radius, = 2 πrh + 2 πr 2
then height of the new cylinder = 2 h Here, when we placed a cone over a cylinder, then one base
and radius of the new cylinder = r is common for both.
∴Total surface area of the new cylinder = 2 πr(2 h ) + 2 πr 2 So, total surface area of the combined solid
= 4πrh + 2 πr 2 = πrl + 2 πrh + πr 2
= 2 πr(2 h + r ) = πr [ l + 2 h + r ]
7. (a) Because the shape of sharpened pencil is = πr ⎡ r 2 + h 2 + 2 h + r ⎤
⎣ ⎦
13. (c) We know that, capacity of cylindrical vessel = πr 2h cm 3
2
= + and capacity of hemisphere = πr 3 cm
3
= Cylinder + Cone From the figure, capacity of the cylindrical vessel
2 1
8. (a) Because the shape of surahi is = πr 2h − πr 3 = πr 2 [ 3h − 2 r ]
3 3
14. (c) We have, diameter of metallic sphere = 6 cm
∴Radius of metallic sphere, r1 = 3 cm
Also, diameter of cross-section of cylindrical wire = 0.2 cm
= + = Sphere + Cylinder
∴Radius of cross-sections of cylindrical wire, r2 = 0.1 cm
Let the length of the wire be h cm.
Since, metallic sphere is converted into a cylindrical shaped
9. (b) Let the radii of two cones are r1 , r2 and their heights are wire of length h cm.
h1 and h 2. ∴Volume of the metal used in wire = Volume of the sphere
r 3 h 1 4
Given, 1 = and 1 = ⇒ πr22h = πr13
r2 1 h2 3 3
2
1 2 ⎛ 1⎞ 4
πr h 2
⇒ π × ⎜ ⎟ × h = × π × 27
V1 3 1 1 ⎛ r1 ⎞ ⎛ h1 ⎞ ⎝ 10⎠ 3
Now, the ratio of their volumes, = =⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
V2 1 πr 2h ⎝ r2 ⎠ ⎝ h 2 ⎠ 1
2 2 ⇒ π× × h = 36π
3
2
100
⎛ 3⎞ ⎛ 1⎞ 1 3 36π × 100
= ⎜ ⎟ ×⎜ ⎟ = 9 × = = 3:1 ⇒ h=
⎝ 1⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ 3 1 π
Hence, the ratio of their volumes is 3 : 1. = 3600 cm = 36 m
10. (c) [Q 1m = 100 cm ]
15. (c) During conversion of a solid from one shape to another,
the volume of the new shape will remain unaltered.
= + + 16. (c) Volume of the remaining solid
= Volume of the cylinder − Volume of the cone
= Cone + Cylinder + Cone
⎧ 1 ⎫
= Two cones and a cylinder = ⎨π × 62 × 10 − × π × 62 × 10⎬
⎩ 3 ⎭
11. (b)
= ( 360π − 120π ) = 240π cm 3
7
17. (a)Q Radius of the well = m = 3. 5 m
2
+ = Hemisphere + Cone 22
= ∴Volume of the earth dug out = × ( 3. 5)2 × 20
7
22
= × 3. 5 × 3. 5 × 20
7
12. (c) We know that, total surface area of a cone of radius, r = 770 m 3
and height, h = Curved surface Area + area of base
Area of platform = (22 × 14) m 2 = 308 m 2
= πrl + πr 2
770
where, l = h 2 + r2 ∴ Height = = 2.5 m
308
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 133
18. (b) Let the radius of original right circular cylinder be ‘r’ cm. 1 2
Now, volume of rice = volume of cone = πr h
and height be ‘h’ cm. Then, 3
Volume of original cylinder V1 = ( πr 2h ) cm 3 1 22 ⎡ d 24 ⎤
= × × (12 )2 × 3. 5 Qr = = = 12 m
3 7 ⎢⎣ 2 2 ⎥⎦
Volume of circular cylinder, when radius is halved
2 22 × 144 × 3. 5
⎛ r⎞ πr 2h =
V2 = π ⎜ ⎟ h cm 3 = cm 3 21
⎝ 2⎠ 4
11088
V2 πr 2h 1 1 = = 528 m3
Thus, = × = . 21
V1 4 π r 2h 4
Now, slant height l = h 2 + r 2
4
19. (a) So, volume of one spherial marble = π (0.7)3
3 = ( 3. 5)2 + (12 )2 = 12 . 25 + 144
⎡ 4 ⎤
Q volume of sphere = πr 3 = 156.25 = 12 . 5 m
⎢⎣ 3 ⎥⎦
∴The canvas required to cover the heap = πrl
1.372 3
= π cm 22 3300
3 = × 12 × 12 . 5 = = 471. 42 m2
7 7
∴ Volume of the raised water in beaker = π (3.5)2 × 5.6
22. (b) Volume of the wall = 270 × 300 × 350 = 28350000 cm 3
[Q volume of cylinder = πr 2h ]
[Q volume of cuboid = length × breadth × height]
= 68.6 π cm 3
1
Now, required number of marbles Since, space of wall is covered by mortar.
8
Volume of the raised water in beaker
= So, remaining space of wall = Volume of wall
Volume of one spherical marble
− Volume of mortar
68.6 π
= × 3 = 150 marbles 1
1.372 π = 28350000 − 28350000 ×
8
20. (a) Given, wooden article is a combination of a cylinder and = 28350000 − 3543750
two hemispheres.
3.5 cm = 24806250 cm 3
Now, volume of one brick = 22 . 5 × 11.25 × 8.75
= 2214. 844 cm 3
[Q volume of cuboid = length × breadth × height]
10 cm 24806250
∴ Required number of bricks = = 11200 (approx.)
2214. 844
Hence, the number of bricks used to construct the wall is
11200.
23. (i) (b) Since, volume of sphere = Volume of cylinder
4
Here, height of the cylinder, h = 10 cm ⇒ πR 3 = πr 2h , where R , r are the radii of sphere and
3
Q Radius of base of the cylinder cylinder, respectively.
= Radius of hemisphere, r = 3.5 cm 3
Now, required TSA of the wooden article ⇒ R 3 = r2 × h ×
4
= 2 × CSA of one hemisphere + CSA of cylinder 3 4 × 4 × 18 × 3
⇒ R = = 8 × 27 ⇒ R 3 = (2 × 3)3
= 2 × (2 π r 2 ) + 2 π r h 4
= 2 π r (2 r + h ) ∴ R = 6 cm
22 4 4 22
=2 × × 3.5 × (2 × 3.5 + 10) (ii) (a) Volume of sphere = πR 3 = × ×6×6×6
7 3 3 7
22
= × 7 × ( 7 + 10) = 22 × 17 = 374 cm 2 = 905.14 cm3
7
(iii) (c) Since the volume of sphere is equal to volume of
21. (b) Given diameter d = 24 m cylinder, then the ratio of volume of the sphere to the
A volume of cylinder = 1 : 1
(iv) (a) Total surface area of cylinder = 2πr( r + h )
22 22
=2 × × 4( 4 + 18) = 2 × × 4 × 22
3.5m 7 7
2
= 553.14 cm
B C (v) (c) During the conversion of a solid from one shape to
24 m another the volume of new shape will remain unaltered.
134 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
According to the question, Clearly, the total area to be painted = Total surface area of
Volume of the sphere = Volume of the cuboid the decorative block − Area of base of cube
4 3 = 219. 465 − 62 = 219. 465 − 36 = 183. 465 cm 2
⇒ πr = 38808
3 7. Given that, side of a solid cube ( a ) = 7 cm
22 3 Height of conical cavity i.e. cone, h = 7 cm
⇒ 4× r = 38808 × 3
7
38808 × 3 × 7
⇒ r3 = = 441 × 21
4 × 22
⇒ r 3 = 21 × 21 × 21
∴ r = 21 cm 7 cm
Hence, the radius of the sphere is 21 cm.
5. Let the radii of the two spheres are r1 and r2, respectively.
4
∴ Volume of the sphere of radius, r1 = V1 = πr13 …(i) 3 cm
3
4 Since, the height of conical cavity and the side of cube is
[Q volume of sphere = π (radius)3]
3 equal that means the conical cavity fit vertically in the cube.
4 Radius of conical cavity i.e. cone, r = 3 cm
and volume of the sphere of radius, r2 = V2 = π r23 …(ii)
3 ⇒ Diameter = 2 × r = 2 × 3 = 6 cm
4 3 Since, the diameter is less than the side of a cube that means
πr1
64
Given, ratio of volumes = V1 : V2 = 64 : 27 ⇒ 3 = the base of a conical cavity is not fit inhorizontal face of
4 3 27 cube.
πr2
3 Now, volume of cube = (side) 3= a 3 = (7 )3 = 343 cm 3
[using Eqs. (i) and (ii)] 1
r13 64 r1 4 and volume of conical cavity i.e. cone = π × r 2 × h
⇒ = ⇒ = …(iii) 3
r23 27 r2 3 1 22
= × × 3× 3×7
4πr12 3 7
Now, ratio of surface area =
4πr22 = 66 cm 3
[Q surface area of a sphere = 4π (radius) 2] ∴Volume of remaining solid = Volume of cube
r2 − Volume of conical cavity
= 12 = 343 − 66 = 277 cm 3
r2
2 2 Hence, the required volume of solid is 277 cm 3.
⎛r⎞ ⎛ 4⎞ 16
= ⎜ 1⎟ = ⎜ ⎟ = [using Eq. (iii)] 8. Given, radius of hemispherical bowl, r = 9 cm
⎝ r2 ⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ 9
and radius of cylindrical bottles, R = 1. 5 cm and height,
Hence, the required ratio of their surface area is 16 : 9. h = 4 cm
6. Here, the decorative block is a combination of a cube and a ∴Number of required cylindrical bottles
hemisphere. Volume of hemispherical bowl
For cubical portion, =
Volume of one cylindrical bottle
Each edge = 6 cm 2 3
For hemispherical portion, πr
= 3 2
Diameter = 2.1 cm πR h
2.1 2
∴ Radius, r = cm ×π ×9×9×9
2
= 3 = 54
Now, total surface area of the cube π × 1. 5 × 1. 5 × 4
= 6 × (Edge) 2= 6 × 6 × 6 = 216 cm 2 9. Let r be the radius of the hemispherical dome
Here, the part of the cube where the hemisphere is and total height of building be H m.
attached, is not included in the surface area. It is given that diameter of dome
So, the total surface area of the decorative block 2
= × Total height of the building
= Total surface area of cube − Area of base of hemisphere 3
+ Curved surface area of hemisphere 1
⇒ r= Hm
= 216 − πr 2 + 2 πr 2 = 216 + πr 2 3
22 2 . 1 2 . 1 Let h m be the height of the cylinder.
= 216 + × ×
7 2 2 1 2
∴ h = H − r = H − H = Hm
= 216 + 3. 465 = 219. 465 cm 2 3 3
136 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
19. Given, radius of tank, r1 = 40 cm The embankment is in the form of cylindrical shell, so area
Let height of water level in tank in half an hour = h1 of embankment = π(R 2 − r 2 ) = π(102 − 52 )
Also, given internal radius of cylindrical pipe, r2 = 1 cm 22
= π (100 − 25) = × 75 m 2
and speed of water = 80 cm/s i.e. in 1s water flow = 80 cm 7
∴ In 30 (min) water flow = 80 × 60 × 30 = 144000 cm Since, Earth taken out from well is used to form
embankment.
According to the question,
∴ Volume of embankment
Volume of water in cylindrical tank = Volume of water flow
from the circular pipe in half an hour = Volume of Earth taken out on digging the well
⇒ π r12 h1 = π r22 h 2 ⇒ Area of embankment × Height of embankment
= Volume of Earth dugout
⇒ 40 × 40 × h1 = 1 × 1 × 144000
Volume of Earth dugout
144000 ⇒ Height of embankment =
∴ h1 = = 90 cm Area of the embankment
40 × 40
1100
Hence, the level of water in cylindrical tank rises 90 cm in = = 4. 67 m
22
half an hour. × 75
7
20. Given, pencils are cylindrical in shape.
22. Given, diameter of a marble = 1.4 cm
Length of one pencil = 25 cm 1.4
and circumference of base, 2πr = 1.5 cm ∴ Radius of marble ( r ) = = 0.7 cm
2
1.5 × 7
⇒ r= = 0.2386 cm 4 4
22 × 2 So, volume of one marble = πr 3 = π ( 0.7 )3
3 3
Now, curved surface area of one pencil = 2πrh 4 1.372
22 = π × 0. 343 = π cm 3
=2 × × 0. 2386 × 25 3 3
7 Also, given diameter of beaker = 7 cm
262. 46
= = 37.49 cm 2 7
∴ Radius of beaker = = 3.5 cm
7 2
37.49 ⎡ 1 ⎤
= dm 2 Q 1 cm = dm Height of water level raised = 5.6 cm
100 ⎢⎣ 10 ⎥⎦
∴Volume of the raised water in beaker
= 0.375 dm 2 = π (3.5)2 × 5.6 = 68.6π cm 3
∴Curved surface area of 120000 pencils = 0.375 × 120000 Now, required number of marbles
= 45000 dm 2 Volume of the raised water in beaker
2 =
Now, cost of colouring 1 dm curved surface of the pencils Volume of one spherical marble
manufactured in one day = ` 0.05 68.6 π
∴Cost of colouring 45000 dm 2 curved surface = × 3 = 150
1.372 π
= 45000 × 0. 05 = ` 2250
23. Given, edge of the cube = 22 cm
21. Here, a well is dug and Earth taken out of it is used to form
an embankment. ∴ Volume of the cube = (22 )3 = 10648 cm 3
Given, Diameter of well = 10 m [Q volume of cube = (side)3]
10
∴ Radius = = 5m Also, given diameter of marble = 0.5 cm
2 0. 5
Also, depth = 14 m ∴ Radius of a marble, r = = 0. 25 cm
2
∴Volume of Earth taken out on digging the well [Q diameter =2 × radius]
22 4 4 22
= πr 2h = × ( 5)2 × 14 = 1100 m 3 Volume of one marble = πr 3 = × × (0.25)3
7 3 3 7
4
10 m [Q volume of sphere = × π × (radius)3]
5m 5m
3
1. 375 3
h = = 0. 0655 cm
21
1
Filled space of cube = Volume of the cube −
8
14 m
× Volume of cube
1
= 10648 − 10648 ×
8
7
= 10648 × = 9317 cm 3
8
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 139
∴ Required number of marbles ∴ Total volume of the building = Volume of the cylinder
Total space filled by marbles in a cube + Volume of hemispherical dome
=
Volume of one marble ⎛ 3 2 3⎞ 3 5 3 3
= ⎜ πr + πr ⎟ m = πr m
9317 ⎝ 3 ⎠ 3
= = 142244 (approx.)
0.0655 According to the question,
Hence, the number of marbles that the cube can accomodate Volume of the building = Volume of the air
is 142244. 5 3 19
⇒ πr = 41
24. Given that, a solid iron cuboidal block is recast into a hollow 3 21
cylindrical pipe. 5 3 880
⇒ πr =
Length of cuboidal pipe ( l ) = 4. 4 m 3 21
880 × 7 × 3
Breadth of cuboidal pipe ( b ) = 2. 6 m and height of cuboidal ⇒ r3 =
pipe ( h ) = 1 m 21 × 22 × 5
So, volume of a solid iron cuboidal block = l ⋅ b ⋅ h 40 × 21
= =8
= 4. 4 × 2. 6 × 1 = 11. 44 m 3 21 × 5
3
Also, internal radius of hollow cylindrical pipe ( ri ) = 30 cm ⇒ r = 8 ⇒ r =2m
= 0. 3 m ∴ Height of the building = 2 r = 2 × 2 = 4 m
and thickness of hollow cylindrical pipe = 5 cm = 0. 05 m 26. Given, diameter of cylinder = Diameter of hemisphere
= 0.5 cm
So, external radius of hollow cylindrical pipe
( re ) = ri + Thickness [since, both hemispheres are attach with cylinder]
= 0. 3 + 0. 05 = 0. 35 m ∴ Radius of cylinder ( r ) = radius of hemisphere
0.5
∴Volume of hollow cylindrical pipe (r) = = 0.25 cm
2
= Volume of cylindrical pipe with external radius
[Q diameter = 2 × radius]
− Volume of cylindrical pipe with internal radius
= πre2h1 − πri2h1 = π ( re2 − ri2 ) h1
22 0.5 cm
0.25 0.25
= [( 0. 35)2 − ( 0. 3)2 ] ⋅ h1
7
22 22
= [ 0. 1225 − 0. 09] ⋅ h1 = [ 0. 0325] ⋅ h1 2 cm
7 7
and total length of capsule = 2 cm
= 0.715 × h1 / 7
∴Length of cylindrical part of capsule,
where, h1 be the length of the hollow cylindrical pipe.
h = Length of capsule − Radius of both hemispheres
Now, by given condition,
= 2 − (0.25 + 0.25) = 1.5 cm
Volume of solid iron cuboidal block = Volume of hollow Now, capacity of capsule = Volume of cylindrical part
cylindrical pipe
+ 2 × Volume of hemisphere
⇒ 11. 44 = 0.715 × h / 7 2
11. 44 × 7 = πr h + 2 × πr 3
2
∴ h= = 112 m 3
0.715 [Q volume of cylinder = π × (radius)2
Hence, required length of pipe is 112 m. 2
× height and volume of hemisphere = π (radius)3]
25. Let total height of the building = Internal diameter of the 3
dome = 2r m 22 2 4 3
= [(0.25) × 1.5 + × (0.25) ]
7 3
22
r = [0.09375 + 0.0208]
7
r r 22
= × 0.11455 = 0.36 cm 3
7
2r
Hence, the capacity of capsule is 0.36 cm 3.
r
27. Since, rocket is the combination of a right circular cylinder
and a cone.
Given, diameter of the cylinder = 6 cm
6
2r ∴ Radius of the cylinder = = 3 cm
∴ Radius of building (or dome) = =rm 2
2 and height of the cylinder = 12 cm
Height of cylinder = 2r − r = r m ∴ Volume of the cylinder = πr 2h = 3.14 × ( 3)2 × 12
∴ Volume of the cylinder = π r 2 ( r ) = πr 3 m 3 = 339.12 cm 3
2 and curved surface area = 2πrh
and volume of hemispherical dome on cylinder = πr 3 m 3
3 = 2 × 3.14 × 3 × 12 = 226.08
140 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
A 2 3 1 2
= πr + πr h
3 3
⎡2 1 ⎤
5 cm
= × 3.14 × (2 )3 + × 3.14 × (2 )2 × 3
⎢⎣ 3 3 ⎥⎦
h
= 16.75 + 12 . 56 = 29.31 cm 3
Hence, volume of the solid toy is 29.31 cm 3.
O 3 cm
B C Now, let the right circular cylinder EFGH circumscribe the
given solid toy. Then, radius of the base of the right circular
cylinder = HP = BO = 2 cm and its height,
12 cm EH = AP = AO + OP = 3 + 2 = 5 cm
So, volume of the cylinder = π r 2 h
= 3.14 × 2 2 × 5
E D = 62.8 cm 3
6 cm Now, required difference of the volume of the cylinder and
Now, in right angled ΔAOC, the solid toy = Volume of cylinder − Volume of solid toy
= 62.8 − 29.31 = 33.49 cm 3
h = 52 − 32
29. Here, the given wooden toy rocket is combination of a cone
= 25 − 9 = 16 = 4 and a cylinder.
∴Height of the cone, h = 4 cm For conical portion,
and radius of the cone, r = 3 cm Diameter = 6 cm
Now, volume of the cone 6
∴ Radius, r1 = cm = 3 cm
1 1 2
= πr 2h = × 3.14 × ( 3)2 × 4
3 3 Height, h1 = 4 cm
113.04
= = 37.68 cm 3 Then, slant height, l = ( 3)2 + 42 [Q l = r 2 + h 2 ]
3
and curved surface area = πrl = 3.14 × 3 × 5 = 47.1 = 9 + 16 = 25 = 5 cm
Hence, total volume of the rocket For cylindrical portion,
= 339.12 + 37.68 = 376.8 cm 3 Diameter = 4 cm
and total surface area of the rocket 4
∴ Radius, r2 = cm = 2 cm
= CSA of cone + CSA of cylinder + Area of base of cylinder 2
= 47.1 + 226. 08 + 28. 26 Height, h 2 = Total height of rocket − Height of cone
= 301. 44 cm 2 = 24 − 4 [Q total height of rocket = 24 cm]
= 20 cm
28. Here, given solid toy is a combination of a right circular
cone and a hemisphere. Here, we have to find the area of the rocket painted with
orange and yellow colours separately.
Let BPC be the hemisphere and ABC be the cone standing
on the base of the hemisphere as shown in the figure. Since, radius of base of cone is larger than radius of base of
cylinder and cone is mounted on cylinder.
For conical portion, height, h = 3 cm
∴ Area to be painted orange = Curved surface area of cone
Diameter, d = 4 cm
+ Area of base of cone − Area of base of cylinder
E A F [Q area of base of cylinder is common
in area of base of cone]
= πr1l + πr12 − πr22
B O C = 3.14 × 3 × 5 + 3.14 × (3)2 − 3.14 × (2)2
= 3.14 [15 + 9 −4]
H G = 3.14 × 20 = 62.8 cm 2
P
Now, area to be painted yellow
4 = Curved surface area of cylinder
∴Radius, r = cm = 2 cm
2 + Area of base of the cylinder = 2 πr2h 2 + π r22
For hemispherical portion,
= 2 × 3.14 × 2 × 20 + 3.14 × (2)2
Radius, r = 2 cm [Q radii of hemisphere and cone are same]
So, volume of the solid toy = 3.14 [80 + 4]
= Volume of hemisphere + Volume of cone = 3.14 × 84 = 263.76 cm 2
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 141
30. Let volume of cone A be 2 V and volume of cone B be V. Now, since edge of a solid cube ( a ) = 44 cm
Again, let height of the cone A = h1 cm, then height of cone So, volume of a solid cube = ( a )3
B = (21 − h1 ) cm = ( 44)3
21 cm
= 44 × 44 × 44 cm 3
From Eq. (i),
6 cm
6 cm
A B
44 × 44 × 44
Number of spherical lead shots = × 21
4 × 22 × 8
h1 21 – h1 = 11 × 21 × 11
Given, diameter of the cone = 6 cm = 121 × 21
6 = 2541
∴ Radius of the cone = = 3 cm
2 Hence, the required number of spherical lead shots is 2541.
1 1 32. Given, internal diameter of spherical shell = 4 cm
Now, volume of the cone, A = 2 V = πr 2h = π( 3)2 h1
3 3 and external diameter of shell = 8 cm
1 3 4
⇒ V = π 9 h1 = h1π …(i) ∴ Internal radius of spherical shell, r1 = cm = 2 cm
6 2 2
and volume of the cone, [Q diameter = 2 × radius]
1 8
B = V = π ( 3)2 (21 − h1 ) = 3π (21 − h1 ) …(ii) and external radius of shell, r2 = = 4 cm
3 2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), [Q diameter = 2 × radius]
3
h1π = 3π (21 − h1 )
2 8 cm
⇒ h1 = 2 (21 − h1 )
4 cm
⇒ 3h1 = 42
42
⇒ h1 = = 14 cm
3
∴ Height of cone, B = 21 − h1 = 21 − 14 = 7 cm
22 Spherical shell
Now, volume of the cone, A = 3 × 14 × = 132 cm 3
7 4
Now, volume of the spherical shell = π [ r23 − r13 ]
[using Eq. (i)] 3
1 22 4
and volume of the cone, B = × × 9 × 7 = 66 cm 3 [Q volume of the spherical shell = π
3 7 3
[using Eq. (ii)] {(external radius)3 − (internal radius)3}]
22 2 4
Now, volume of the cylinder = πr h = ( 3) × 21 = 594 cm 3
2
= π ( 43 − 2 3 )
7 3
∴ Required volume of the remaining portion 4
= π ( 64 − 8)
= Volume of the cylinder 3
− (Volume of cone A + Volume of cone B) 224
= π cm 3
= 594 − (132 + 66) = 396 cm 3 3
Let height of the cone = h cm
31. Given that, lots of spherical lead shots made out of a solid
cube of lead. Diameter of the base of cone = 8 cm
8
∴ Number of spherical lead shots ∴ Radius of the base of cone = = 4 cm
Volume of a solid cube of lead 2
= ...(i)
Volume of a spherical lead shot [Q diameter = 2 × radius]
Given that, diameter of a spherical lead shot i.e. sphere = 4 cm According to the question,
4 Volume of cone = Volume of spherical shell
⇒ Radius of a spherical lead shot (r) = 1 224
2 ⇒ π ( 4) 2 h = π
r = 2 cm [Q diameter = 2 × radius] 3 3
So, volume of a spherical lead shot i.e. sphere 224
⇒ h= = 14 cm
4 16
= π r3 1
3 [Q volume of cone = × π × (radius)2 × (height)]
4 22 4 × 22 × 8 3
= × × (2 ) 3 = cm 3
3 7 21 Hence, the height of the cone is 14 cm.
142 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
33. Given that, lots of spherical lead shots made from a solid 4. 5
⇒ Radius of a right circular cylinder ( r ) = cm
rectangular lead piece. 2
∴ Number of spherical lead shots ∴ Volume of right circular cylinder = π r 2h
Volume of solid rectangular lead piece 2
= ...(i) ⎛ 4.5⎞
Volume of a spherical lead shot = π ⎜ ⎟ × 10
⎝ 2 ⎠
Also, given that diameter of a spherical lead shot π
i.e. sphere = 4. 2 cm =× 4. 5 × 4. 5 × 10
4
4.2
∴ Radius of a spherical lead shot, r = = 2.1 cm ∴ Number of metallic circular disc
2 Volume of a right circular cylinder
⎡ 1 ⎤ =
Q radius = diameter Volume of a metallic circular disc
⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
π
× 4. 5 × 4. 5 × 10
So, volume of a spherical lead shot i.e. sphere
= 4
4 π
= π r3 × 1. 5 × 1. 5 × 0. 2
3 4
4 22 3 × 3 × 10 900
= × × (2.1)3 = = = 450
3 7 0. 2 2
4 22 Hence, the required number of metallic circular disc is 450.
= × × 2.1 × 2.1 × 2.1
3 7 35. Given that, a heap of rice is in the form of a cone.
4 × 22 × 21 × 21 × 21
= Height of a heap of rice i.e. cone ( h ) = 3. 5 m
3 × 7 × 1000
and diameter of a heap of rice i.e. cone = 9 m
Now, length of rectangular lead piece, l = 66 cm 9
Radius of a heap of rice i.e. cone ( r ) = m
Breadth of rectangular lead piece, b = 42 cm 2
Height of rectangular lead piece, h = 21 cm 1
So, volume of rice = π × r 2h
∴Volume of a solid rectangular lead piece i.e. cuboid 3
=l×b×h 1 22 9 9
= × × × × 3. 5
= 66 × 42 × 21 3 7 2 2
From Eq. (i), 6237
= = 74. 25 m 3
Number of spherical lead shots 84
66 × 42 × 21 Now, canvas cloth required to just cover heap of rice
= × 3 × 7 × 1000
4 × 22 × 21 × 21 × 21 = Surface area of a heap of rice
3 × 22 × 21 × 2 × 21 × 21 × 1000 = πrl
= 22
4 × 22 × 21 × 21 × 21 = × r × r2 + h 2
7
= 3 × 2 × 250
2
= 6 × 250 = 1500 22 9 ⎛ 9⎞
= × × ⎜ ⎟ + ( 3.5)2
Hence, the required number of spherical lead shots is 1500. 7 2 ⎝ 2⎠
34. Given that, lots of metallic circular disc to be melted to form 11 × 9 81
a right circular cylinder. Here, a circular disc work as a = × + 12. 25
7 4
circular cylinder.
99 130 99
Base diameter of metallic circular disc = 1. 5 cm = × = × 32 . 5
1. 5 7 4 7
∴ Radius of metallic circular disc = cm = 14.142 × 5. 7 = 80. 61 m 2
2
[Q diameter = 2 × radius] Hence, 80.61 m 2 canvas cloth is required to just cover heap.
and height of metallic circular disc i.e. = 0.2 cm 36. Let the length(l), breadth (b) and height (h) be the external
∴Volume of a circular disc = π × (Radius)2 × Height dimension of an open box and thickness be x.
2
⎛ 1. 5⎞
=π×⎜ ⎟ × 0. 2
⎝ 2 ⎠
π x x
= × 1. 5 × 1. 5 × 0. 2
4
Now, height of a right circular cylinder ( h ) = 10 cm x
and diameter of a right circular cylinder = 4. 5 cm
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 143
Given that, and speed of water flowing through the pipe = (15 × 1000)
external length of an open box ( l ) = 36 cm = 15000 mh −1
external breadth of an open box ( b ) = 25 cm Now, volume of water flow in 1 h = π R 2H
and external height of an open box ( h ) = 16.5 cm
⎛ 22 7 7 ⎞
∴ External volume of an open box = lbh =⎜ × × × 15000⎟
⎝ 7 100 100 ⎠
= 36 × 25 × 16. 5 = 14850 cm 3
= 231 m 3
Since, the thickness of the iron ( x ) = 1. 5 cm
So, internal length of an open box ( l1 ) = l − 2 x Since, 231 m 3 of water falls in the pond in 1 h.
1
= 36 − 2 × 1. 5 So, 1 m 3 water falls in the pond in h.
231
= 36 − 3 = 33 cm
⎛ 1 ⎞
Therefore, internal breadth of an open box ( b 2 ) = b − 2 x Also, 462 m 3 of water falls in the pond in ⎜ × 462⎟ h = 2 h
⎝ 231 ⎠
= 25 − 2 × 1. 5
= 25 − 3 = 22 cm Hence, the required time is 2 h.
and internal height of an open box ( h 2 ) = ( h − x ) 38. (i) Length of the cuboid (L ) = 30 cm
= 16. 5 − 1. 5 = 15 cm Breadth of the cuboid (B ) =20 cm
So, internal volume of an open box Height of the cuboid (H ) = 10 cm
= ( l − 2 x) ⋅ ( b − 2 x) ⋅ ( h − x) Then,
= 33 × 22 × 15 Area covered by the cuboid
= 10890 cm 3 = L × B + 2 H (L + B )
= 30 × 20 + 2 × 10( 30 + 20)
Therefore, required iron to construct an open box
= 600 + 1000
= External volume of an open box
= 1600 cm2
− Internal volume of an open box
= 14850 − 10890 = 3960 cm 3 (ii) We know that,
3 C.S.A of the cylinder = 2 πRH1
Hence, required iron to construct an open box is 3960 cm .
22
7. 5 C.S.A of the cylinder = 2 × × 7 × 60
Given that, 1 cm 3 of iron weights = 7 . 5 g = kg 7
1000
= 2 × 22 × 60
= 0. 0075 kg
∴ 3960 cm 3 of iron weights = 3960 × 0. 0075 = 29.7 kg = 2640 cm2
In cone, height is given and radius of the cone is equal to
37. Given, length of the pond = 50 m and width of the pond
radius of the cylinder,
= 44 m Q L2 = H 22 + R 2
21
Depth required of water = 21 cm = m ⇒ L2 = 7 × 7 + 24 × 24
100
∴ Volume of water in the pond = l × b × h ⇒ L2 = 49 + 576 = 625
⎛ 21 ⎞ ∴ L = 25 cm
= ⎜ 50 × 44 × ⎟
⎝ 100⎠ 22
C.S.A. of cone = πrl = × 7 × 25 = 550 cm2
= 462 m 3 7
7 C.S. A of the cylinder 2640
Also, given radius of the pipe = 7 cm = m ⇒ = = 24 : 5
100 C.S. A. of the cone 550
(iii) (b) Given structure is based on the concept of surface
14 cm area and volume.
7 21
Pipe 39. (i) Given, r = cm, h = 10. 5 cm = cm
2 2
44 m Volume of cylindrical cup = πr 2h
22 7 7 21
= × × ×
7 2 2 2
11 × 7 × 21
21 m =
4
Tank 100
= 404.25 cm 3
50 m
144 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
14 cm
2 cm
48 cm
Answers
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (i) (a) (ii) (d) (iii) (b) (iv) (c) (v) (d) For Detailed Solutions
7. 332.465 cm 2 8. 10 cm 9. 25.12 cm 3 10. 18 cm 2 11. 1.125 m Scan the code
146 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
CHAPTER 07
Statistics
In this Chapter...
! Mean of Grouped Data
! Mode of Grouped Data
! Median of Grouped Data
Arithmetic Mean or Mean or Average In general, for the ith class interval, we have frequency f i
corresponding to the class mark x i . The sum of the values in
The arithmetic mean of a set of observations is obtained by
the last column gives us Σf i x i , so the mean x of the given data
dividing the sum of the values of all observations by the total
is given by
number of observations.
Σf x
Thus, the mean of n observations x1 , x 2 , x 3 , K , x n , is x= i i.
defined as Σf i
n
∑ xi 2. Assumed Mean Method
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + … + x n i = 1
Mean ( x ) = = The cases, in which numerical values of x i and f i are large and
n n
computation of product of x i and f i becomes tedious and time
where, the Greek letter ‘Σ’ (sigma) means ‘Summation.’ consuming, assumed mean method is used. In this method,
Let x1 , x 2 , . . . , x n be n observations with respective first of all, one among x i ’s is chosen as the assumed mean
frequencies f 1 , f 2 , . . . , f n . This means observation x1 occurs denoted by ‘a’. After that, the difference di between a and
f 1 times, x 2 occurs f 2 times and so on. each of the x i ’ s, i.e. d i = x i − a is calculated.
n
∑ f i xi Then, arithmetic mean is given by
i =1 Σ f i xi Σf i d i
∴ Mean ( x ) = n
= x = a+
Σ fi Σf i
∑ fi
i =1 where, d i = xi − a
Method of Calculating Mode
Mean of Grouped Data The observation, which occurs most frequently among the
1. Direct Method
given observations, i.e. the value of the observation having
maximum frequency is called mode. e.g. Mode of the numbers
In this method, we find the class marks of each class 2, 3, 4, 4, 6, 6, 6, 6, 7 and 9 is 6 because it is repeated
interval. These class marks would serve as the
maximum number of times, i.e. 4 times.
representative of whole class and are represented by x i .
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 147
Thus, the total number of students with marks less than 20 is Let n be the total number of observations (sum of
5 + 7 , i.e. 12. So, the cumulative frequency of the class 10-20 frequencies), then median of the data depends on the number
is 12. of observations ( n ).
Similarly, on computing the cumulative frequencies of the ⎛ n + 1⎞
If n is odd, then Median = Value of ⎜ ⎟ th observation.
other classes, which is shown in the table. ⎝ 2 ⎠
Number of students If n is even, then
Marks obtained
(cumulative frequency) ⎛ n⎞ ⎛n ⎞
Median = Mean of ⎜ ⎟ th and ⎜ + 1⎟ th observations
Less than 10 5 ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝2 ⎠
Less than 20 5 + 7 = 12 1 ⎡⎛ n ⎞ ⎛n ⎞ ⎤
Less than 30 12 + 4 = 16 = × Value of ⎢⎜ ⎟ th + ⎜ + 1⎟ th⎥ observations
2 ⎝
⎣ 2 ⎠ ⎝2 ⎠ ⎦
Less than 40 16 + 2 = 18
Here, for the value of observation, first look at the cumulative
Less than 50 18 + 3 = 21
frequency just greater than (and nearest to) the position of
Less than 60 21 + 6 = 27 required observations. Then, determine the corresponding
Less than 70 27 + 7 = 34 value of the observation.
Less than 80 34 + 9 = 43
Median for Grouped Data
Less than 90 43 + 8 = 51
Less than 100 51 + 7 = 58 In a grouped data, we may not find the middle observation by
looking at the cumulative frequencies, since the middle
Cumulative frequency distribution of the more than type observation will be some value in a class interval, so it is
For this type of distribution, we make the table for the necessary to find the value inside a class that divides the
number of students with scores, more than or equal to 0, whole distribution into two halves.
more than or equal to 10, more than or equal to 20 and so on. For this, we find the cumulative frequencies of all the classes
From the example, we observed that all 58 students have n
scored marks more than or equal to 0. and then determine , where n = number of observations.
2
There are 5 students scoring marks in the interval 0-10, it Now, locate the class whose cumulative frequency is greater
shows that there are 58 − 5 = 53 students getting more than or n
than (i.e. nearest to) and this class is called median class.
equal to 10 marks. In the same manner, the number of 2
students scoring 20 marks or above = 53 − 7 = 46 students, After finding the median class, use the following formula for
and so on. calculating the median.
Number of students ⎧N ⎫
Marks obtained − cf
(cumulative frequency) ⎪2 ⎪
Median = l + ⎨ ⎬×h
More than or equal to 0 58
⎪ f ⎪
More than or equal to 10 58 − 5 = 53 ⎩ ⎭
More than or equal to 20 53 − 7 = 46
where, l = lower limit of median class
More than or equal to 30 46 − 4 = 42
N = sum of frequencies
More than or equal to 40 42 − 2 = 40
cf = cumulative frequency of the class preceding
More than or equal to 50 40 − 3 = 37 the median class
More than or equal to 60 37 − 6 = 31
f = frequency of the median class
More than or equal to 70 31 − 7 = 24
h = class width (assuming class sizes to be equal)
More than or equal to 80 24 − 9 = 15
More than or equal to 90 15 − 8 = 7 Relationship among Mean,
Median and Mode
Median for Discrete Series There is an empirical relationship among the three measures
A series having observations x1 , x 2 , x 3 , K , x n with respective of central tendency, which is given by
frequencies f 1 , f 2 , f 3 K , f n is known as discrete series. Mode = 3(Median) − 2(Mean)
3 (Median) − Mode
Method to Find the Median of the Discrete Series or Mean =
2
Firstly, we arrange the data in the ascending or descending Mode + 2 (Mean)
order of x i , then we find the cumulative frequencies of all the or Median =
observations. 3
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 149
Solved Examples
Example 1. Find the mean of the following data. Sol. The table for given data is
f 7 8 10 15 10 2-4 6 3 18
xi fi fi x i 6-8 15 7 105
10 7 70 8-10 p 9 9p
30 8 240 10-12 8 11 88
50 10 500 12-14 4 13 52
70 15 1050 Σ fi x i
Σfi = p + 41
89 10 890 = 9p + 303
Total Σ fi = 50 Σ fi x i = 2750 Given, mean = 7.5
Σfi x i 9p + 303
Here, Σfi = 50 and Σfi x i = 2750 ∴ = 7. 5 ⇒ = 7. 5
Σfi p + 41
Σfi x i
∴ Mean ( x ) = ⇒ 9p + 303 = 7.5p + 307. 5
Σfi
⇒ 9p − 7.5p = 307.5 − 303
2750
= 55
= ⇒ 1. 5p = 4. 5
50 4.5
Hence, mean of the given data is 55. ⇒ p= =3
1.5
Hence, value of p is 3.
Example 2. Calculate the mean of the scores of 20
students in a mathematics test Example 4. The weights of tea in 70 packets are shown
Marks 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 in the following table
Number of students 2 4 7 6 1 Weight (in gm) Number of packets
200-201 13
Sol. We first, find the class marks x i of each class and then
201-202 27
proceed as follows
202-203 18
Marks Class marks ( x i ) Frequency ( fi ) fi xi 203-204 10
10-20 15 2 30 204-205 1
20-30 25 4 100 205-206 1
30-40 35 7 245
Find the mean weight of packets.
40-50 45 6 270 Sol. First, we find the class marks of the given data as follows.
50-60 55 1 55
Weight Number of Class Deviation fi di
Σ fi = 20 Σ fi x i = 700
(in gm) Packets ( fi ) marks ( x i ) ( di = x i − a )
Σfi x i 700
Therefore, mean ( x ) = = = 35
Σfi 20 200-201 13 200.5 −3 − 39
Hence, the mean of scores of 20 students in mathematics test 201-202 27 201.5 −2 − 54
is 35. 202-203 18 202.5 −1 − 18
Example 3. Find the value of p, if the mean of the 203-204 10 a = 203. 5 0 0
following distribution is 7.5. 204-205 1 204.5 1 1
Classes 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 205-206 1 205.5 2 2
Frequency (fi ) 6 8 15 p 8 4 N = ∑ fi = 70 ∑ fi di = − 108
150 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Here, assume mean ( a ) = 203. 5 Sol. Here, the number of students who have scored marks less
∑ fi di than 10 are 10. The number of students who have scored
∴ Mean ( x ) = a +
∑ fi marks less than 20 includes the number of students who
have scored marks from 0-10 as well as the number of
108
= 203.5 − students who have scored marks from 10-20.
70
Thus, the total number of students with marks less than 20 is
= 203.5 − 1.54 10 + 8, i.e. 18. So, the cumulative frequency of the class
= 201.96 10-20 is 18.
Hence, the required mean weight is 201.96 gm. Similarly, on computing the cumulative frequencies of the
other classes, i.e. the number of students with marks less
Example 5. The following distribution gives cumulative than 30, less than 40, … less than 100, we get the
frequencies of ‘more than type’: distribution which is called the cumulative frequency
distribution of the less than type.
Marks obtained
5 10 15 20
(More than or equal to) Number of students
Marks obtained
Number of students (cumulative frequency)
30 23 8 2
(cumulative frequency) Less than 10 10
Sol. In the given data, the highest frequency is 26, which lies in Sol. In a given data, the highest frequency is 41, which lies in the
the interval 201-202 interval 10000-15000.
Here, l = 201, f1 = 26, f0 = 12 , f2 = 20 and h = 1 Here, l = 10000, f1 = 41, f0 = 26,
⎛ f −f ⎞
∴ Mode = l + ⎜ 1 0 ⎟ × h f2 = 16 and h = 5000
⎝ 2 f1 − f0 − f2 ⎠ ⎛ f −f ⎞
∴ Mode = l + ⎜ 1 0 ⎟ × h
⎛ 26 − 12 ⎞ ⎝ 2 f1 − f0 − f2 ⎠
= 201 + ⎜ ⎟ ×1
⎝ 2 × 26 − 12 − 20⎠
⎛ 41 − 26 ⎞
⎛ 14 ⎞ 14 = 10000 + ⎜ ⎟ × 5000
= 201 + ⎜ ⎟ = 201 + ⎝ 2 × 41 − 26 − 16⎠
⎝ 52 − 32 ⎠ 20
⎛ 15 ⎞
= 201 + 0.7 = 201.7 gm = 10000 + ⎜ ⎟ × 5000
⎝ 82 − 42 ⎠
Hence, the modal weight is 201.7 gm.
⎛ 15 ⎞
Example 9. Find the mode of the following distribution = 10000 + ⎜ ⎟ × 5000
⎝ 40⎠
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 = 10000 + 15 × 125
Number of = 10000 + 1875
4 6 7 12 5 6
students = ` 11875
Hence, the modal income is ` 11875.
Sol. Given, distribution table is
Example 11. Find the median of the following data.
Marks Number of students
Marks obtained 20 29 28 42 19 35 51
0-10 4
10-20 6 Number of students 3 4 5 7 9 2 3
20-30 7 ( f0 ) Sol. Let us arrange the data in ascending order of x i and make a
30-40 12 ( f1 ) cumulative frequency table.
40-50 5 ( f2 ) Marks Number of Cumulative
obtained (x i ) students (fi ) frequency (cf )
50-60 6
19 9 9
The highest frequency in the given distribution is 12, whose
corresponding class is 30 - 40. 20 3 9 + 3 = 12
Thus, 30-40 is the required modal class. 28 5 12 + 5 = 17
Here, l = 30, f1 = 12 , f0 = 7, f2 = 5 and h = 10 29 4 17 + 4 = 21
f1 − f0
∴ Mode = l + ×h 35 2 21 + 2 = 23
2 f1 − f0 − f2
12 − 7 42 7 23 + 7 = 30
= 30 + × 10
2 × 12 − 7 − 5 51 3 30 + 3 = 33
50 50
= 30 + = 30 + = 30 + 4.17 = 34.17 Here, n = 33 (odd)
24 − 12 12
Hence, mode of the given distribution is 34.17. ⎛ n + 1⎞
∴ Median = Value of ⎜ ⎟ th observation
⎝ 2 ⎠
Example 10. The monthly income of 100 families are ⎛ 33 + 1⎞
given as below = Value of ⎜ ⎟ th observation
⎝ 2 ⎠
Income (in `) Number of families = Value of 17th observation
0-5000 8 Corresponding value of 17th observation of cumulative
5000-10000 26 frequency in x i is 28. Hence, median is 28.
10000-15000 41 Example 12. 200 surnames were randomly picked up
15000-20000 16 from a local telephone directory and the frequency
20000-25000 3 distribution of the number of letters in English
25000-30000 3 alphabets in the surnames was obtained as follows:
30000-35000 2 Number of letters 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25
35000-40000 1 Number of surnames 20 60 80 32 8
Calculate the modal income. Find the median of the above data.
152 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Total N = 200 Example 14. The median of the following data is 525.
Find the values of x and y, if total frequency is 100.
Since, the cumulative frequency just greater than 100 is 160
and the corresponding class interval is 10-15. 0- 100- 200- 300- 400- 500- 600- 700- 800- 900-
Class
N 200 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
∴ N = 200; ∴ = = 100
2 2 Frequency 2 5 x 12 17 20 y 9 7 4
Here, l = 10, cf = 80, h = 5 and f = 80
⎧N ⎫ Sol. Given, frequency table is
− cf
⎪2 ⎪ ⎧100 − 80 ⎫
Now, median = l + ⎨ ⎬ × h = 10 + ⎨ ⎬×5 Class Frequency ( f1 ) Cumulative Frequency ( cf )
⎪ f ⎪ ⎩ 80 ⎭
⎩ ⎭ 0-100 2 2
⎛ 20 ⎞ 100-200 5 7
= 10 + ⎜ ⎟ × 5 = 10 + 1.25 = 11.25
⎝ 80⎠
200-300 x 7+x
Example 13. The median of the following data is 50. 300-400 12 19 + x
Find the values of p and q, if the sum of all the
400-500 17 36 + x ( cf )
frequencies is 90.
Marks Frequency 500-600 20 ( f ) 56 + x
20-30 p 600-700 y 56 + x + y
30-40 15 700-800 9 65 + x + y
40-50 25 800-900 7 72 + x + y
50-60 20 900-1000 4 76 + x + y
60-70 q
Given, total frequency is 100.
70-80 8
∴ 2 + 5 + x + 12 + 17 + 20 + y + 9 + 7 + 4 = 100
80-90 10 ⇒ 76 + x + y = 100
Sol. ⇒ x + y = 24 …(i)
Marks Frequency ( fi ) Cumulative frequency ( cf ) It is given that the median is 525.
Clearly, 525 lies in the class 500-600. So, 500-600 is the
20-30 p p
median class.
30-40 15 15 + p
Here, l = 500, h = 100, f = 20 and cf = 36 + x
40-50 25 40 + p = cf ∴ N = 100
50-60 20 ( = f ) 60 + p N
60-70 q 60 + p + q − cf
Q Median = l + 2 ×h
70-80 8 68 + p + q f
80-90 10 78 + p + q 50 − 36 − x
⇒ 525 = 500 + × 100
20
Given, N = 90
⇒ 525 = 500 + (14 − x ) × 5
N 90
∴ = = 45 ⇒ 525 = 500 + 70 − 5x
2 2 ⇒ 5x = 570 − 525
which lies in the interval 50-60. 45
⇒ 5x = 45 ⇒ x = =9
Here, l = 50, f = 20, cf = 40 + p and h = 10 5
⎛N ⎞ Put x = 9 in Eq. (i), we get
⎜ − cf⎟
⎝2 ⎠ 9 + y = 24 ⇒ y = 24 − 9 = 15
Q Median = l + ×h
f Hence, x = 9 and y = 15
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 153
Chapter
Practice
8. If the arithmetic mean of the following distribution
PART 1 is 47, then the value of p is
12. For the following distribution 18. The mean, mode and median of grouped data will
Number of Number of
always be
Marks Marks (a) same
students students
Below 10 3 Below 40 57 (b) different
(c) depends on the type of data
Below 20 12 Below 50 75
(d) None of the above
Below 30 28 Below 60 80
19. The mean and median of a distribution are 14 and
The modal class is 15 respectively. The value of mode is
(a) 0-20 (b) 20-30 (c) 30-40 (d) 50-60 (a) 16 (b) 17
13. A student noted the number of cars passing through (c) 13 (d) 18
a spot on a road for 100 periods each of 3 min and
summarised in the table given below.
!
Case Based Study
Number of cars Frequency 20. Analysis of Water Consumption in a Society
0-10 7 An inspector in an enforcement squad of department
10-20 14
of water resources visit to a society of 100 families
and record their monthly consumption of water on
20-30 13
the basis of family members and wastage of water,
30-40 12 which is summarise in the following table.
40-50 20
Monthly Consumption 0- 10- 20- 30- 40- 50-
50-60 11 Total
(in kWh) 10 20 30 40 50 60
60-70 15
Number of Families 10 x 25 30 y 10 100
70-80 8
(iv) If A be the assumed mean, then A is always (iv) If a machine work for 10 h in a day, then
(a) > (Actual mean) approximate time required to complete the work
(b) < (Actual Mean) for a machine is
(c) = (Actual Mean) (a) 3 days (b) 4 days
(d) Can’t say (c) 5 days (d) 6 days
(v) The class mark of the modal class is (v) The measure of central tendency is
(a) 25 (b) 35 (a) Mean (b) Median
(c) 30 (d) 45 (c) Mode (d) All of these
21. As the demand for the products grew a 22. Direct income in India was drastically impacted
manufacturing company decided to purchase more due to the COVID-19 lockdown. Most of the
machines. For which they want to know the mean companies decided to bring down the salaries of the
time required to complete the work for a worker. employees upto 50%.
The following table shows the frequency The following table shows the salaries (in percent)
distribution of the time required for each machine received by 50 employees during lockdown.
to complete a work.
Salaries received (in %) 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90
Time (in hours) 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 Number of employees 18 12 16 4
Number of machines 20 35 32 28 25
Number of cars 7 12 18 13 Form the frequency distribution table for the data.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 157
16. The following table shows the cumulative 19. From the following distribution, find the median
frequency distribution of marks of 800 students in
Class Frequency
an examination.
500-600 36
Marks Number of students 600-700 32
Below 10 10 700-800 32
Below 20 50 800-900 20
Below 30 130 900-100 30
Marks (Out of 90) Number of candidates Find the mean weight of the wrestlers.
More than or equal to 80 4 23. If mode of the following series is 54, then find the
More than or equal to 70 6 value of f .
More than or equal to 60 11 Class
interval 0-15 15-30 30-45 45-60 60-75 75-90
More than or equal to 50 17
More than or equal to 40 23 Frequency 3 5 f 16 12 7
More than or equal to 30 27 Find the modal class in which the given mode lies
More than or equal to 20 30 and find the value of f by using the formula,
More than or equal to 10 32 ⎧ f1 − f 0 ⎫
Mode = l + ⎨ ⎬×h.
More than or equal to 0 34 ⎩2 f 1 − f 0 − f 2 ⎭
158 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
24. Find the mode of the following distribution. 29. Weekly income of 600 families is tabulated below
Classes 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 Weekly income (in `) Number of families
Frequency 10 8 12 16 4 0-1000 250
1000-2000 190
25. The following are the ages of 300 patients getting 2000-3000 100
medical treatment in a hospital on a particular day 3000-4000 40
Age (in years) 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 4000-5000 15
5000-6000 5
Number of 60 42 55 70 53 20
patients Total 600
!
Case Based Questions (i) Estimate the mean time taken by a student to
finish the race.
33. The men’s 200 m race event at the 2020
Tokyo Olympic took place 3 and 4 August. Time
Number of Students
(in seconds)
A stopwatch was used to find the time that it took a
group of Athletes to run 200 m. 0-20 8
0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 20-40 10
Time (in seconds)
8 10 13 6 3 40-60 13
Number of Students
60-80 6
80-100 3
SOLUTIONS
Objective Questions 8. (d) Let us construct the following table for finding the
1. (c) Mean is the measure of central tendency. arithmetic mean
2. (b) In computing the mean of grouped data, the frequencies Class Frequency ( fi ) Class mark
are centred at the class marks of the class. ( xi )
f i xi
interval
3. (b) While computing mean of grouped data, we assume that
0-20 8 10 80
the frequencies are centred at the class marks of the classes.
4. (a) We have, Mode − Median = 24 20-40 15 30 450
We know that, Mode = 3 Median − 2 Mean 40-60 20 50 1000
∴ Mode − Median = 2 Median − 2 Mean
60-80 p 70 70p
⇒ 24 = 2(Median − Mean)
⇒ Median − Mean = 12 80-100 5 90 450
5. (c) We know that, Total Σfi = 48 + p Σfi x i = 1980 + 70p
n
∑ xi Now, x=
Σfi x i
i =1
Q x= Σfi
n
n 1980 + 70p
=
⇒ ∑ xi = n x 48 + p
i =1 1980 + 70p
Σ fi x i ⇒ 47 =
6. (a)Q x= 48 + p
n
⇒ 2256 + 47 p = 1980 + 70p
∴ Σ ( fi x i − x ) = Σ fi x i − Σx = nx − nx [Q Σx = nx ]
⇒ 276 = 23p
=0
⇒ p = 12
7. (c) We know that, di = x i − a
9. (c) The number of atheletes who completed the race in less
i.e. di ’s are the deviation from a of mid-points of the classes. than 14.6 = 2 + 4 + 5 + 71 = 82
160 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
10. (c) f1 − f0
Q Mode = l + ×h
2 f1 − f0 − f2
Marks Number of students Cumulative frequency
23 − 10
Below 10 3=3 3 = 12 + ×3
46 − 10 − 21
10-20 12 − 3 = 9 12 13 13
= 12 + × 3 = 12 + = 12 + 2. 6 = 14. 6
20-30 27 − 12 = 15 27 15 5
15. (d) Arranging the terms in ascending order,
30-40 57 − 27 = 30 57
0, 5, 11, 19, 21, 27, 30, 36, 42, 50, 52
40-50 75 − 57 = 18 75 Here n = 11 (odd)
50-60 80 − 75 = 5 80 ⎛ n + 1⎞
Q Median = ⎜ ⎟ th
⎝ 2 ⎠
Here, we see that the highest frequency is 30, which lies in
the interval 30-40. ⎛ 11 + 1⎞
Median value = ⎜ ⎟ th = 6th value = 27
11. (a) Given, the distribution table ⎝ 2 ⎠
16. (b) Given, classes are not continuous, so we make
Marks obtained Number of students continuous by subtracting 0.5 from lower limit and adding
0-10 63 − 58 = 5 0.5 to upper limit of each class.
10-20 58 − 55 = 3 Class Frequency Cumulative frequency
20-30 55 − 51 = 4 −0.5-5.5 13 13
30-40 51 − 48 = 3 5.5-11.5 10 23
40-50 48 − 42 = 6 11.5-17.5 15 38
50 42 17.5-23.5 8 46
Frequency of the modal class 30-40 is 3 from the above table. 23.5-29.5 11 57
12. (c) Let us first construct the following frequency distribution N 57
table. Here, = = 28. 5, which lies in the interval 11.5-17.5.
2 2
Marks Number of students Hence, the upper limit is 17.5.
0-10 3 17. (c)
10-20 9 Class Frequency Cumulative frequency
20-30 16 65-85 4 4
30-40 29 85-105 5 9
40-50 18 105-125 13 22
125-145 20 42
50-60 5
145-165 14 56
Since, the maximum frequency is 29 and the class
165-185 7 63
corresponding to this frequency is 30-40.
So, the modal class is 30-40. 185-205 4 67
13. (b) Here, modal class is 40-50. Since, it has maximum N 67
frequency which is 20. Here, = = 33. 5 which lies in the interval 125 -145.
2 2
∴ l = 40, f1 = 20, f0 = 12, f2 = 11 and h = 10
Hence, upper limit of median class is 145.
⎛ f −f ⎞
Q Mode = l + ⎜ 1 0 ⎟ × h Here, we see that the highest frequency is 20 which lies in
⎝ 2 f1 − f0 − f2 ⎠ 125-145. Hence, the lower limit of modal class is 125.
⎛ 20 − 12 ⎞ ∴ Required difference = Upper limit of median class
= 40 + ⎜ ⎟ × 10
⎝ 40 − 12 − 11⎠ − Lower limit of modal class
80 = 145 − 125 = 20
= 40 +
17 18. (c) No, the value of these three measures can be the same, it
= 40 + 4.7 = 44.7 depends on the type of data.
14. (c) We observe that the class 12-15 has maximum frequency. 19. (b) Given, mean = 14 and median = 15
Therefore, this is the modal class. By using empirical relationship,
We have, l = 12, h = 3 , f1 = 23 , f0 = 10 and f2 = 21 Mode = 3 Median −2 Mean = 3 × 15 − 2 × 14 = 45 − 28 = 17
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 161
(ii) Also, we observe that all 300 patients which take medical 27. First we construct the cumulative frequency table
treatment more than or equal to 10. Since, there are 60
patients which take medical treatment in the interval Number of Cumulative
Speed (in km/h)
10-20, this means that there are 300 − 60 = 240 patients players ( f i ) frequency ( cf )
which take medical treatment more than or equal to 20. 85-100 11 11
Continuing in the same manner, which is shown below 100-115 9 (f) 11 + 9 = 20
the table.
115-130 8 20 + 8 = 28
(i) Less than type (ii) More than type 130-145 5 28 + 5 = 33
Number of Number of
Age (in years) Age (in years) It is given that, N = 33
students students
N 33
Less than 10 0 More than or 300 ∴ = = 16. 5
2 2
equal to 10
So, the median class is 100-115.
Less than 20 60 More than or 240
equal to 20 Here, l = 100, f = 9, cf = 11 and h = 15
⎛N ⎞
Less than 30 102 More than or 198 ⎜ − cf⎟
⎝2 ⎠
equal to 30 Q Median = l + ×h
f
Less than 40 157 More than or 143
equal to 40 (16. 5 − 11)
= 100 + × 15
9
Less than 50 227 More than or 73
5. 5 × 15
equal to 50 = 100 +
9
Less than 60 280 More than or 20
82. 5
equal to 60 = 100 +
9
Less than 70 300
= 100 + 9.17 = 109.17
26. Hence, the median bowling speed is 109.17 km/h.
Cumulative Cumulative 28. Here, the given data is in ascending order of x i .
Frequency Cumulative frequency table for the given data is
Height (in cm) (f i ) frequency frequency
(given) ( cf )
x
i
fi cf
150-155 12 a 12
1 8 8
155-160 b 25 12 + b
2 10 18
160-165 10 c 22 + b
3 11 29
165-170 d 43 22 + b + d
4 16 45
170-175 e 48 22 + b + d + e
5 20 65
175-180 2 f 24 + b + d + e
6 25 90
Total 50
7 15 105
On comparing last two tables, we get
8 9 114
a = 12
9 6 120
∴ 12 + b = 25
⇒ b = 25 − 12 = 13 Here, n = 120 (even)
22 + b = c 1⎡ ⎧⎛ n ⎞ ⎛n ⎞ ⎫⎤
c = 22 + 13 = 35 ∴Median = Value of ⎨⎜⎝ ⎟⎠ th + ⎜⎝ + 1⎟⎠ th ⎬⎥ observations
⇒ 2 ⎢⎣ ⎩ 2 2 ⎭⎦
22 + b + d = 43
1⎡ ⎧⎛ 120⎞ ⎛ 120 ⎞ ⎫⎤
⇒ 22 + 13 + d = 43 = Value of ⎨⎜⎝ ⎟ th + ⎜ + 1⎟ th ⎬⎥ observations
⇒ d = 43 − 35 = 8 2 ⎢⎣ ⎩ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎭⎦
22 + b + d + e = 48 1
= [Value of 60th observation + Value of 61th observation]
⇒ 22 + 13 + 8 + e = 48 2
⇒ e = 48 − 43 = 5 Both 60th and 61th observations lie in the cumulative
and 24 + b + d + e = f frequency 65 and its corresponding value of x i is 5.
⇒ 24 + 13 + 8 + 5 = f 1
∴ Median = ( 5 + 5) = 5
∴ f = 50 2
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 167
4. A Tesla car manufacturing industry wants to 7. The following distribution gives the daily
declare the mileage of their electric cars. For income of 50 workers of a factory:
this, they recorded the mileage (km/charge) of
Daily income (in `) 100-120 120-140 140-160 160-180 180-200
100 cars of the same model. Details of which
are given in the following table. Number of workers 12 14 8 6 10
Mileage 100-120 120-140 140-160 160-180 Write the above distribution as ‘less than type’
(km/charge)
cumulative frequency distribution. [CBSE 2015]
Number of Cars 14 24 36 26
8. Find the mode of the following frequency
distribution. [CBSE 2019]
Frequency 8 10 10 16 12 6 7
Based on the above information, answer the 9. Find the mean of the following frequency
following questions. distribution using assumed mean method.
(i) The average mileage is Class 2-8 8-14 14-20 20-26 26-32
(a) 140 km/charge
Frequency 6 3 12 11 8
(b) 150 km/charge
(c) 130 km/charge
(d) 144.8 km/charge
Answers
For Detailed Solutions
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (i) (d) (ii) (b) (iii) (b) (iv) (a) (v) (a)
Scan the code
5. 12 6. 109.92 8. 36, 9. 18.8
170 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Mathematics (Standard)
Class 10th (Term II)
Practice Paper 1 *
(Solved)
Instructions Time : 2 Hr
Max. Marks : 40
1. The question paper contains three sections A, B and C.
2. Section A has 5 questions with 3 internal choices.
3. Section B has 4 questions with 3 internal choices.
4. Section C has 1 Case Based MCQs comprises of 5 MCQs.
5. There is no negative marking.
* As exact Blue-print and Pattern for CBSE Term II exams is not released yet. So the pattern of this
paper is designed by the author on the basis of trend of past CBSE Papers. Students are advised
not to consider the pattern of this paper as official, it is just for practice purpose.
Frequency 8 10 x 16 12 6 7
Or The 8th term of an AP is 17 and its 14th term is 29. Find its common difference.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 171
cm
5
5 cm
5 cm
The base of the block is the cube with edge of 5 cm and the hemisphere attached on the top has a diameter of
4.2 cm. If the block is to be painted, then find the total area to be painted. [take, π = 22 / 7]
7. From the point, 36 m above the surface of a lake, the angle of elevation of a bird is observed to be 30° and angle
of depression of its image in the water of the lake is observed to be 60°. Find the actual height of the bird above
the surface of the lake.
Or Prove that the intercept of a tangent between two parallel tangents to a circle subtends a right angle at the
centre.
x − 1 2x + 1 5 1
8. Find the solution of the equation + = , x ≠ − , 1 by factorisation method.
2x + 1 x − 1 2 2
Or Find the median for the following frequency distribution.
9. A girl of height 120 cm is walking away from the base of a lamp-post at a speed of 1.2 m/s. If the lamp is 4.8 m
above the ground, then find the length of her shadow after 6 s.
Further, a teacher give one example for explaining the above (ii) Find the cumulative frequency value in the
concepts. interval (40-55).
The marks obtained by 30 students of class X of a certain (a) 5 (b) 12
school in a mathematics paper consisting of 100 marks are (c) 2 (d) 18
presented in table below (iii) Through cumulative frequency table, which
central measurement can be determined.
Class interval 10-25 25-40 40-55 55-70 70-85 85-100
(a) mean (b) mode
Number of 2 3 7 6 6 6 (c) median (d) None of these
Students (iv) Find the lower limit of the median class.
(i) Find the average marks obtained by the students. (a) 55 (b) 40
(a) 61 (c) 70 (d) 25
(b) 62 (e) Find the upper limit of modal class.
(c) 63 (a) 40 (b) 55
(d) 64 (c) 70 (d) 25
Solutions
1. Given quadratic equation is On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we get
( 3k + 1) x 2 + 2 ( k + 1) x + 1 = 0 a n − a k = [ a + ( n − 1) d] − [ a + ( k − 1) d]
On comparing with ax 2 + bx + c = 0, we get ⇒ a n − a k = a + ( n − 1) d − a − ( k − 1 ) d
a = 3k + 1, b = 2 ( k + 1), c = 1 ⇒ a n − a k = ( n − 1 − k + 1) d
Since, the roots are equal, so b 2 − 4ac = 0 ⇒ a n − a k = (n − k) d
∴ 2
[2 ( k + 1)] − 4( 3k + 1) (1) = 0 Now, a n − a k = ( n − k ) d
⇒ a 25 − a 23 = (25 − 23) d [put n = 25and k = 23]
⇒ 4( k + 1)2 − 4( 3k + 1) = 0
⇒ 10 = 2 d [Qa 25 − a 23 = 10, given]
⇒ 4( k 2 + 2 k + 1) − 4( 3k + 1) = 0 ⇒ d=5
⇒ 4( k 2 + 2 k + 1 − 3k − 1) = 0 Hence, the common difference is 5.
⇒ k 2 + 2 k + 1 − 3k − 1 = 0 Or
⇒ k 2 + 2 k + 1 − 3k − 1 = 0 [Q 4 ≠ 0] Let AB = x m be the height of a tower and CD = y m be the
height of other tower and ∠AEB = 45° and ∠CED = 60°.
⇒ k2 − k = 0
D
⇒ k ( k − 1) = 0 B
⇒ k = 0 or k = 1 y
We know that, if roots are equal, then roots will be the form of x
−b −b 45° 60°
, . A E C
2a 2a a a
−b −b
Thus, roots are , . Let E be the point (centre) on the line AC.
2a 2a
− ( k + 1) − ( k + 1) i.e. AE = EC = a m
∴ Equal roots are , In right angled ΔBAE,
( 3k + 1) ( 3k + 1)
AB ⎡ perpendicular ⎤
− ( 0 + 1) − ( 0 + 1) tan 45° = Q tan θ =
When k = 0, equal roots are and AE ⎣⎢ base ⎥⎦
0+1 0+1
x
i.e. − 1 and − 1. ⇒ =1 [Q tan 45°= 1]
a
− (1 + 1 ) − (1 + 1 )
When k = 1, equal roots are and ⇒ x=a …(i)
3+1 3+1
Again, in right angled ΔDCE,
1 1
i.e. − and − . DC
2 2 tan 60° =
CE
2. Given, first term = a and common difference = d
y
∴ a n = a + ( n − 1) d …(i) ⇒ 3= [Q tan 60°= 3 ]
a
and a k = a + ( k − 1) d …(ii) ⇒ y = 3a …(i)
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 173
Steps of construction 1
and volume of conical cavity = π × r2 × h
(i) Draw any ray AX making an acute angle with AB. 3
1 22
(ii) Locate 7 (i.e. m + n ) points A1 , A 2 , ...,A 7 on AX, =× × 3 × 3 × 7 = 66 cm 3
3 7
such that AA 1 = A 1A 2 = ... = A 6 A 7 .
According to the question,
(iii) Join BA 7.
Volume of remaining solid
X
A7 = Volume of cube − Volume of conical cavity
A6 = 343 − 66 = 277 cm 3
A5
A4 Hence, the required volume of solid is 277 cm 3.
A3 5. Since, the mode of the given series is 36, which lies in the
A2 class 30-40.
A1
So, the modal class is 30-40.
A Then, l = 30, f1 = 16, f0 = x, f2 = 12
C B
and h = 10
174 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
x 1 ⎡ 1 ⎤ 1
∴ = Q tan 30° = = ( ∠1 + ∠1 + ∠ 3 + ∠ 3)
PS 3 ⎣⎢ 3 ⎥⎦ 2
⇒ PS = 3x …(i) 1
= ( ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠ 3 + ∠ 4)
Again, in right angled ΔBʹ SP , 2
Bʹ S 72 + x [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)]
= tan 60° ⇒ = 3 1
PS PS = (180°) = 90°
2
[Q B’S = (72+x) m and tan 60° = 3 ]
[Q QR is a straight line, therefore
72 + x
⇒ PS = …(ii) ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠ 3 + ∠ 4 = 180°]
3
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get Hence proved.
72 + x x −1 2x + 1 5
3x = 8. We have, + =
2x + 1 x −1 2
3
x −1
⇒ 3 ⋅ 3x = 72 + x Let y = , then given equation becomes
2x + 1
⇒ 3x − x = 72 ⇒ 2 x = 72
1 5 y2 + 1 5
⇒ x=
72
⇒ x = 36 y+ = ⇒ = ⇒ 2 y 2 − 5y + 2 = 0
2 y 2 y 2
The cumulative frequency just greater than 200 is 268 and the 7.2
⇒ 3x = 7.2 ⇒ x = = 2. 4 m
3
corresponding class is 165.5-168.5.
Hence, the length of her shadow after 6 s is 2.4 m.
Thus, the median class is 165.5-168.5.
10. (i) (b) Let us make the following table for the given data.
∴ l = 165.5, h = 3 and f = 136 and C = 132
⎧ N ⎫ Class marks Cumulative
− C. f Class f i xi
⎪ ⎪ Frequency (xi ) frequency
∴ Median = l + ⎨h × 2 Interval
⎬ (1/2) ( cf )
⎪ f ⎪
⎩ ⎭ 10 + 25
10-25 2 = 17. 5 35.0 2
⎧ (200 − 132 ) ⎫ 2
= 165.5 + ⎨3 × ⎬
⎩ 136 ⎭ 25 + 40
25-40 3 = 32. 5 97.5 5
3 × 68 2
= 165.5 + = 165.5 + 1.5 = 167
136 40 + 55
40-55 7 = 47. 5 332.5 12
Hence, the median height is 167 cm. 2
9. Let AB be the lamp-post, CD be the girl and D be the 55 + 70
55-70 6 = 62. 5 375.0 18
position of girl after 6 s. 2
Again, let DE = x m be the length of shadow of the girl. 70 + 85
70-85 6 = 77. 5 465.0 24
A 2
85 + 100
= 92. 5
85-100 6 2 555.0 30
4.8 m
C Σfi x i
Total Σfi = 30 = 1860. 0
E
B D x
Practice Paper 2 *
(Unsolved)
Instructions Time : 2 Hr
Max. Marks : 40
1. The question paper contains three sections A, B and C.
2. Section A has 5 questions with 3 internal choices.
3. Section B has 4 questions with 3 internal choices.
4. Section C has 1 Case Based MCQs comprises of 5 MCQs.
5. There is no negative marking.
* As exact Blue-print and Pattern for CBSE Term II exams is not released yet. So the pattern of this
paper is designed by the author on the basis of trend of past CBSE Papers. Students are advised
not to consider the pattern of this paper as official, it is just for practice purpose.
30°
A B Q
O
Or A copper wire 4 mm in diameter is evenly wound about a cylinder whose length is 24 cm and diameter 20
cm so as to cover the whole surface. Find the length and weight of the wire assuming the specific density to
be 8.88 gm/cm 3 .
4. Draw a circle of radius 6 cm. Take a point P on it. Without using the centre of the circle, draw a tangent to
the circle at point P.
178 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
5. The mean of the following frequency table is 50 but the frequencies f 1 and f 2 in class intervals 20-40 and 60-80
are missing. Find the missing frequencies.
Class interval 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 Total
Frequency 17 f1 32 f2 19 120
Or Find the volume area of the largest right circular cone that can be cut out of a cube whose edge is 10 cm.
O
P
A B
Frequency 3 4 7 15 10 7 4
The shape of flower basket is hemisphere with radius 60 cm and upper shape is conical with height 120 cm from the bottom
surface.
P
F E
120 cm
180 cm
O
D
60 cm 60 cm
Oʹ
A B
Answers
(2a + b ) (a + 2b )
1. , 2. 25th term or 10( 3 + )1 m 3. ∠CQA = 30° and ∠CBA = 60° or 4.21 kg
3 3
5. f1 = 28 and f 2 = 24 or 261.9 cm 2 6. 1022 + 154 5 cm or 720 km/h 2
⎛ 2 28 1⎞
7. k ⎜ x − x + ⎟ where k is any non-zero real number 8. 2.14 cm
⎝ 9 3⎠
9. 4 cm or (i) 37.4, (ii) 36.15, (iii) 37.3 10. (i) (a) (ii) (b) (iii) (c) (iv) (a) (v) (d)
180 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Mathematics (Standard)
Class 10th (Term II)
Practice Paper 3 *
(Unsolved)
Instructions Time : 2 Hr
Max. Marks : 40
1. The question paper contains three sections A, B and C.
2. Section A has 5 questions with 3 internal choices.
3. Section B has 4 questions with 3 internal choices.
4. Section C has 1 Case Based MCQs comprises of 5 MCQs.
5. There is no negative marking.
* As exact Blue-print and Pattern for CBSE Term II exams is not released yet. So the pattern of this
paper is designed by the author on the basis of trend of past CBSE Papers. Students are advised
not to consider the pattern of this paper as official, it is just for practice purpose.
20°
S O 50° Q
x°
P
Or Draw a circle with the help of circular solid ring. Construct a pair of tangents from a point P to the circle.
4. For grouped data, if Σf i = 20, Σf i x i = 2 p + 20 and mean of distribution is 12, then find the value of p.
CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard) 181
5. A vessel is in the form of a hollow hemisphere mounted by a hollow cylinder. The diameter of the hemisphere is 14
cm and the total height of the vessel is 13 cm. Find the inner surface area of the vessel.
Or Two pillars of equal height are on either sides of a road, which is 100 m wide. The angles of the top of the pillars
are 60° and 30° at a point on the road between the pillars. Find the position of the point between the pillars.
Also, find the height of each pillar.
Frequency 4 x 5 y 1
h – 4.5 m
B 30°
(Shyam) D
3m 3m
(RAM) A E
1.5 m 1.5 m
P Q
182 CBSE Term II Mathematics X (Standard)
Anil and Sanjeev are sitting in the two windows. At an instant, the angles of elevation of a balloon from these
windows are observed as 45° and 30°, respectively.
(i) Find the height of the balloon from the ground.
(a) 6.8 m (b) 8.6 m
(c) 9.4 m (d) 9.6 m
(ii) Among Anil and Sanjeev, who is more closer to the balloon?
(a) Sanjeev (b) Anil
(c) cannot say (d) None of these
(iii) If the balloon is moving towards the building, then will both the angles of elevation remain same?
(a) cannot say (b) Yes
(c) No (d) None of these
(iv) If the height of any tower is double and the distance between the observer and foot of the tower is also doubled,
then the angle of elevation
(a) remain same (b) become double
(c) become triple (d) None of these
(v) Suppose a tower and a pole is standing on the ground. And the angle of elevation from bottom of pole is θ1 and
elevation from top of pole to the top of tower is θ 2 .
θ1
B
θ1
A
Answers
9
1. −4, 2. 5 or 0.8( 3 + 1) m 3. 45° 4. 110 5. 572 cm 2 or 25 m, 43.3 m
4
128
6. π cm 3 or10( 3 + 1 ) m 7. 2.14 cm 8. x = −a or x = −b or ` 30°, 60° and 90° angles are the multiple of 30°
3
9. x = 4 and y = 6 10. (i) (b) (ii) (a) (iii) (c) (iv) (a) (v) (a)